Online Reporting Tool
7th National Report
Section I Brief overview of the process of preparation of the report
General
Eswatini

Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA)
Lead Institution: Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC)
 

EN
Mr Thulani S. Methula
EN
ceo@entc.org.sz
EN

The preparation of Eswatini's Seventh National Report (7NR) to the Convention on Biological Diversity followed a comprehensive, participatory, and evidence-based methodological approach conducted between August 2025 and January2026. The process was coordinated by the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA) with technical leadership from the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC), supported by the Global Environment Facility (GEF) through the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) under the Umbrella Programme to Support NBSAP Update and Preparation of 7th National Report to the CBD.

Planning and Inception Phase (August - October 2025) 

The process commenced with the establishment of a multi-disciplinary technical team comprising biodiversity specialists, environmental scientists, and M&E experts. An inception phase entailed comprehensive desk reviews of existing national documents including the State of the Environment Report 2021, Eswatini's Sixth National Report, the Second National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP2) and the revised National targets which had been aligned to the GBF, Eswatini’s Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC 3.0), the National Adaptation Plan, Land Degradation Neutrality Target Setting Report, and sectoral policies and documents across agriculture, biodiversity, forestry, water, tourism, and urban planning sectors. 

A stakeholder mapping exercise identified six key stakeholder groups: Government Ministries and Spatial Planning Authorities, Conservation and Protected Area Managers, Productive Sectors (Agriculture, Forestry, Fisheries and Tourism), Private Sector Business and Financial Institutions, Urban Authorities and Municipal Governance, and Civil Society Communities and Research Institutions.  

Multi-Stakeholder Consultation Workshops 

Project Inception Workshop (21-22 October 2025): 

The inaugural two-day workshop held at Mountain View Hotel, Mbabane, brought together over 60 participants from government ministries, civil society organizations, private sector, academic institutions, and development partners. The workshop achieved its core objectives of introducing the Umbrella Programme components, presenting the 7NR inception report and NBSAP revision process, and establishing inclusive mechanisms for ongoing consultation. Structured group work enabled the six thematic groups to assess progress, identify available evidence, evaluate measures in place, and articulate challenges across all 23 targets of the KMGBF. 

Stakeholder Consultative Workshop (26 November 2025): 

The second workshop at Sibane Sami Hotel, Ezulwini, specifically addressed information gaps identified during the inception phase. Using a standardized Stakeholder Engagement Tool with detailed guiding questions for each target, participants provided verifiable, up-to-date evidence including data, reports, shapefiles, maps, and assessments from all relevant sectors.  

Data Collection and Verification 

Data collection employed multiple methodologies to ensure comprehensive coverage and reliability. Primary sources included institutional databases from ENTC, Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA), Ministry of Agriculture (MOA), Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA), Ministry of Natural Resources and Energy (MNRE), Ministry of Housing and Urban Development (MHUD), and the Central Statistics Office. Spatial data analysis incorporated GIS mapping of protected areas, OECMs, restoration sites, and ecological corridors. Expert consultations engaged sectoral specialists in forestry, agriculture, water resources, gender, urban planning, and wildlife management. 

Data verification protocols included cross-referencing across multiple sources, validation through expert peer review, stakeholder confirmation workshops, and documentation of methodologies, data gaps and data limitations.  

Indicator Assessment and Reporting 

Assessment of progress toward GBF targets utilized the headline indicators specified in the monitoring framework adopted under CBD Decision 15/5. For each of the 23 targets, the report evaluates available headline indicators, complemented by component and complementary indicators where data availability permitted. National indicators specific to Eswatini's context were incorporated to provide comprehensive assessment of biodiversity status and trends. Indicator data were sourced from national monitoring systems, scientific research, remote sensing analysis, and international datasets where nationally generated data were not yet available. 

Integration of Traditional Knowledge and Gender Considerations 

The preparation process deliberately integrated traditional ecological knowledge through engagement with chiefdoms, community conservancies, and indigenous knowledge holders. Consultations ensured documentation of community-based conservation initiatives, traditional resource management practices, and local biodiversity monitoring systems. Gender mainstreaming principles guided all stakeholder engagement, ensuring meaningful participation of women, youth, and persons with disabilities in consultation processes and decision-making forums. 

Quality Assurance and Validation 

A multi-tiered quality assurance framework ensured scientific rigor and policy relevance. Technical peer review engaged national biodiversity experts from the University of Eswatini, Eswatini National Trust Commission research staff, and independent consultants. Interagency review circulated draft sections among relevant government ministries for technical accuracy and completeness checks. Stakeholder validation workshops provided opportunities for civil society, private sector, and community representatives to review findings and recommendations. Final governmental endorsement was secured through the National Biodiversity Coordination Committee and ministerial approval processes. 

The preparation process deliberately aligned with other national and international reporting obligations, including contributions to Sustainable Development Goals reporting, UNFCCC National Communications, and UNCCD Land Degradation Neutrality reports.  

Institutional Coordination 

Coordination mechanisms facilitated effective collaboration across government agencies, civil society, and private sector. The National Biodiversity Coordination Committee, chaired by MTEA and comprising representatives from all relevant ministries, provided strategic oversight. Technical working groups addressed specific thematic areas including protected areas, sustainable biodiversity use, mainstreaming, and resource mobilization. Regular coordination meetings ensured information sharing, resolution of data gaps, and alignment of assessment methodologies across sectors. 

EN
Section II Status of the revised or updated national biodiversity strategy and action plan in alignment with the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework
In Progress
2026-04-30
Yes
EN
Indigenous peoples and local communities (IPLC)
Women
Youth
Local and/or subnational government
Private sector
In Progress

Eswatini is strengthening its national biodiversity monitoring system through integration of multiple complementary monitoring mechanisms across different sectors and institutions. The monitoring framework comprises the following components: 

Protected Area Monitoring: The Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) conducts systematic monitoring of protected areas using the Management Effectiveness Tracking Tool (METT). METT assessments have been completed for key protected areas including Mlawula Nature Reserve (score: 77/123 in 2024), Malolotja Nature Reserve (score: 62/123 in 2022), and Hawane Nature Reserve (score: 51/123 in 2022), providing baseline data on protected area management effectiveness. ENTC also maintains GIS databases for tracking protected area boundaries, vegetation cover, and wildlife populations. 

Environmental Compliance Monitoring: The Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) tracks Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) approvals and enforcement actions. Between 2019 and 2025, EEA issued an average of 530 EIA approvals annually (this is inclusive of approximately 10 Category 3 projects, Category 2 approvals and category 1 residential approvals accounting for the remainder), with systematic recording of project types, locations, and environmental conditions. Enforcement action data (averaging 30 cases annually) provides insights into compliance rates and environmental violations nationally. 

Forestry and Land Use Monitoring: The Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA), through the Forestry Department, maintains forest inventory systems tracking plantation management, indigenous forest extent, and land use changes. Remote sensing analysis provides data on ecosystem extent, with assessments in 2013 and 2022 documenting changes in grassland, savanna, forest, and aquatic ecosystem areas. 

Species-Specific Monitoring: Targeted monitoring programs exist for priority taxa including black rhinoceros, African elephant, wild dog, lion, leopard, Blue Swallow (Hirundo atrocaerulea), and Southern Bald Ibis (Geronticus calvus). These programs track population sizes, distribution patterns, and threat status, contributing to the national Red List Index (currently 0.81 as of 2024). 

Agricultural Biodiversity Monitoring: The Ministry of Agriculture tracks adoption of conservation agriculture (CA) practices (14,500 farmers as of 2021, up from 9,575 in 2016, and 250 ha in 2025) and maintains a gene bank for traditional crop varieties. The GEF-8 Food Security Integration Program is strengthening community-based ex-situ conservation through community seedbanks in Malolotja, Ngwempisi, and Lubombo landscapes. 

Climate and Biodiversity Integration: The NDC monitoring framework tracks ecosystem-based adaptation measures including wetland restoration, invasive species control, and erosion management. Greenhouse gas inventories for the Agriculture and LULUCF (Land Use, Land-Use Change and Forestry) sectors provide data on biodiversity-climate linkages, with the LULUCF sector functioning as a net carbon sink (-5,048 kt CO₂e in 2022).

EN
Section III Please use the following template to report on progress in the implementation of your country’s national targets and revised or updated national biodiversity strategy and action plan in alignment with the Framework. In cases where no national target is linked with one or more related global targets, it is suggested that countries report directly on progress contributing to the global targets.
Target 1.1 By 2030, implement a comprehensive spatial development framework that prioritizes biodiversity conservation and uses participatory planning to minimize habitat loss in areas of high ecological importance. (National)

Eswatini has made incremental progress in establishing biodiversity-inclusive spatial planning frameworks through the following key actions: 1. Implementation of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulation of 2022, which provides provisions for identifying and mapping environmentally sensitive sites, representing a foundational policy framework for biodiversity protection in development planning. 2. Expansion of the Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework, which has increased these areas to 1.04%, demonstrating practical application of spatial conservation planning outside formal protected areas. 3. Development of catchment management plans for the Ngwavuma and Mbuluzi River Basins by Joint River Basin Authorities - Piggs Peak Board (JRBA-PB), demonstrating integrated landscape approaches combining water resource management with biodiversity conservation. 4. Integration of biodiversity considerations into municipal planning processes as guided by the National Development Plan 2023-2028, with 63 out of 336 Chiefdoms now having Development Plans that incorporate biodiversity considerations (18.75% coverage).

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The extent of natural ecosystems in Eswatini shows a sustained decline (Table 1) relative to the historical baseline. The original natural cover was estimated at 17,364 km², dominated by grassland (7,990 km²; 46%) and savanna (8,327 km²; 48%), with smaller forest (870 km²; 5%) and aquatic systems (213 km²; 1.22%). By 2013, grassland had declined to 5,992 km² (34%) and savanna to 6,245 km² (36%), while forest cover reduced to 644 km² (4%). The most recent assessment in 2022 indicates further contraction, with grassland reduced to 4,265 km² (24%) and savanna to 5,018 km² (29%). Aquatic ecosystems showed a smaller reduction, from 213 km² to 189 km² (1.09%). 

Table 1. Extent of natural ecosystems in Eswatini.

EcosystemOriginal extent (km²)%2013 extent (km²)%2022 extent (km²)%
Grassland7,990465,992344,26524
Savanna8,327486,245365,01829
Forest87056444--
Aquatic2131.22——1891.09
Total17,364100————

 

Table 2. Proportion of land area in 2013[1].

Land usehaProportion by national classes %Proportion by IPCC classes %
ForestlandDryer Acacia Savannah Forest404,22823.2846
Moister Acacia Savannah Forest97,6195.62
Montane and Highland48,9222.82
Plantations125,1247.21
Riparian64,4783.71
Wattle Forest40,8062.35
Woodlots22,9961.32
CroplandAnnual crop386,19222.2423
Perennial Crop8,7920.51
Agroforestry6,7630.39
GrasslandBushveld219,13512.6225
High Mountain grasslands207,41211.94
WetlandNatural water bodies18,9381.092
Artificial Water bodies8,5670.49
SettlementSettlements44,1882.544
Woody Settlements18,2611.05
Other landOther 13,7520.791
Mining2250.01
Total1,736,400100 100

 

Table 3. Proportion of land area in 2022[2].

Area per land usehaProportion by national classes %Proportion by IPCC classes %
ForestlandDryer Acacia Savannah Forest401,29723.1146
Moister Acacia Savannah Forest97,6195.62
Montane and Highland48,4712.79
Plantations125,5757.23
Riparian64,2533.70
Wattle Forest40,5812.34
Woodlots23,2211.34
CroplandAnnual crop390,25022.4723
Perennial Crop9,0180.52
Agroforestry6,7630.39
GrasslandBushveld215,30312.4024
High Mountain grasslands206,73611.91
WetlandNatural water bodies18,9381.092
Artificial Water bodies8,7920.51
SettlementSettlements45,7662.644
Woody Settlements19,1631.10
Other landOther 13,9780.801
Mining6760.04
Total1,736,400100 100

 

 

Figure 1. Comparison of land area in 2013 and 2022.

Policy Framework Achievements: The EIA Regulation 2022 now mandates biodiversity considerations in development planning. The OECM Framework provides a mechanism for expanding conservation coverage outside protected areas. However, implementation remains limited with only 63 of 336 chiefdoms (18.75%) shown in Figure 2 having completed Development Plans.

 

Figure 2. Tinkhundla with Chiefdom Development Plans. area


 


[1] MTEA, Forest Reference Level of Kingdom of Eswatini (Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs, 2024).

[2] MTEA, Forest Reference Level of Kingdom of Eswatini.

EN
  • Rapid urbanization overwhelming planning capacity, particularly in rural areas lying close to urban (peri-urban) areas where informal settlements expand without adequate environmental safeguards
  • Land tenure complexities on Swazi Nation Land presenting persistent obstacles to implementing comprehensive spatial plans
  • Absence of comprehensive ecosystem baseline data hindering evidence-based planning and monitoring
  • Limited capacity for biodiversity mainstreaming and weak intersectoral coordination across government ministries
  • Species distribution data gaps, particularly in urban areas, limiting ability to identify areas of high ecological importance
  • Chiefdom boundaries are difficult to ascertain, hindering effective planning.
EN

Case Study 1: Ngwavuma River Basin Management Plan: The Ngwavuma catchment management plan developed by JRBA-PB demonstrates an integrated landscape approach combining water resource management, biodiversity conservation, and community livelihoods. The plan identifies critical biodiversity areas, ecological corridors, and sustainable land use zones across 85,000 hectares. Key features include spatial mapping of high-value ecosystems, buffer zones for riparian corridors, and participatory planning with traditional authorities and communities.

Case Study 2: Ezulwini Municipal Invasive Alien Plant Species (IAPS) Management Strategy: Ezulwini Municipality's IAPS Management Strategy (2025) shows successful integration of biodiversity considerations into urban planning. The strategy includes spatial mapping of invasion hotspots, prioritized control zones based on ecological sensitivity, and coordination with the OECM Framework to protect peri-urban (rural areas lying close to urban areas) biodiversity. This demonstrates how municipalities can mainstream biodiversity into spatial development planning and frameworks.

EN

Target 1.1 contributes to multiple Sustainable Development Goals: SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities): Integration of biodiversity into urban planning supports sustainable urbanization and resilient human settlements. SDG 15 (Life on Land): Spatial planning that minimizes habitat loss directly supports the protection and restoration of terrestrial ecosystems and halts biodiversity loss. SDG 13 (Climate Action): Ecosystem-based spatial planning enhances climate resilience through maintenance of ecosystem services including carbon sequestration, water regulation, and disaster risk reduction. It further contributes directly to SDG 14 (Life Below Water) by mitigating land-based pollution and protecting inland aquatic ecosystems, which are critical to the health of downstream marine environments.

EN
Indicator Data
A.1 Red List of Ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.1Headline
No data available
No formal IUCN Red List of Ecosystems (RLE) assessment has been conducted for Eswatini's ecosystems. As a related proxy, the national Red List Index (species-level) stands at 0.81 as of 2024 (SDG indicator 15.5.1), indicating that approximately 19% of potential extinction risk has been realised across assessed species groups. Eswatini's four major ecosystem types - montane grasslands, savanna-woodland mosaic, riverine forests, and aquatic systems - have experienced an estimated ~25% decline over past decades, and annual deforestation stands at 0.92% (National Forest Reference Level, 2024). A formal RLE assessment is not yet available.
EN
A.2 Extent of natural ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.2Headline
Use national data set
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 2026 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2025 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2024 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2023 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2022 ha 1052616Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2021 ha 1052842Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2020 ha 1053518Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
1.1 Percentage of land and sea area covered by biodiversity-inclusive spatial plans GBF-INDICATOR-1.1Headline
No data available
As a landlocked country, the Kingdom of Eswatini’s reporting on this indicator is exclusively applicable to terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems. References to marine spatial planning are therefore omitted as non-applicable to the national context. During the current reporting period, Eswatini has achieved a critical milestone in biodiversity-inclusive spatial planning through the development of the Spatial Prioritization Framework and Action Plan for Area-Based Targets. This framework represents a paradigm shift in the nation’s approach to land-use management. It moves beyond traditional 'hotspot' identification by establishing a clear hierarchy for land-use planners. This includes Core Areas (high-integrity zones for absolute maintenance) and Priority 1 Expansion Zones (identified for immediate gazettement and formal protection). The framework provides private developers and state agencies with specific guidelines on how to integrate biodiversity safeguards into development projects outside of formal protected areas. Finally, the framework is designed as a cross-sectoral tool, providing the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and national land-use planners with a unified spatial roadmap to prevent habitat fragmentation. The adoption of the Spatial Prioritization Framework provides the technical blueprint for expansion of the country’s protected landscape. Once the 'Priority 1' and 'Core Areas' are formally integrated into the National Physical Development Plan (NPDP), Eswatini will be positioned to report a significant and verifiable increase in the percentage of land area covered by biodiversity-inclusive spatial plans.
EN
1.b Number of countries using participatory, integrated and biodiversity-inclusive spatial planning and/or effective management processes addressing land- and sea-use change to bring the loss of areas of high biodiversity importance close to zero by 2030 KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-1Binary
Yes
1.1 Are all areas of your country under biodiversity-inclusive spatial planning or effective management processes that:
Partially
Partially
For inland water planning
Target 1.2 By 2030, effectively mitigate the adverse effects of land use change on biodiversity, particularly in high-value ecosystems through the enforcement of existing environmental impact assessment (EIA) legislation in all areas. (National)

The Environmental Management Act of 2002 and Environment Assessment Regulations, 2022, establish mandatory EIA requirements for all development projects in Eswatini. Implementation includes: 1. Mandatory EIA process for all Category 1 projects (predominantly urban, 95% located in urban areas, 5% in rural areas) and projects requiring Environmental Management Plans (EMPs), Initial Environmental Examinations/Compliance Monitoring Plans (IEEs/CMPs), and Environmental Impact Assessments/Compliance Monitoring Plans (EIAs/CMPs). 2. The Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) issues EIA approvals and conducts compliance monitoring. Between 2019 and 2025, EEA issued an average of 530 EIA approvals annually (inclusive of the three project categories). 3. Enforcement actions are taken against violators, averaging approximately 30 cases annually between 2019-2025. 4. In rural areas where approximately 70% of projects requiring EMPs, IEEs/CMPs, and EIAs/CMPs are implemented, compliance is mainly driven through financial institutions, the Land Management Board, and Community Development Officers who help ensure EIA-related conditions and safeguards are applied. However, enforcement in rural areas remains notably weak, with a very high percentage of developmental undertakings going unassessed. This has led to significant loss of natural ecosystems through agricultural expansion, informal settlements, and poorly regulated infrastructural development on Swazi Nation Land.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

EIA Approval Trends (2019-2025): The number of EIA approvals issued annually averaged 530 (Table 4). The highest approvals of 691 were issued in 2024, followed by 624 in 2019. The lowest annual approvals of only 201 were issued in 2020 during COVID-19 global pandemic lockdown. The years 2021 (570), 2022 (531), 2023 (567), and 2025 (535) saw approvals in a consistent range.

 

 

 

Table 4. Number of EIA approvals issued annually between 2019 and 2025.

YearNo. of EIA approvals issued annually
2019624
2020201
2021531
2022539
2023531
2024691
2025570

 

Enforcement Actions (2019-2025): The Authority undertook enforcement actions averaging 30 cases annually (Table 5). The year 2024 recorded the highest enforcement actions of 42 cases, aligned with the highest EIA approvals. The year 2025 recorded 34 enforcement actions. The lowest number of 24 cases was recorded in 2022. Notably, 2020 with the least EIA approvals (201) still saw 26 enforcement actions, indicating consistent enforcement effort.

Urban vs Rural Compliance: Category 1 projects show 95% compliance in urban areas versus 5% in rural areas. For projects requiring full EIAs, approximately 70% are in rural areas where compliance depends heavily on financial institution requirements and Land Management Board oversight. However, many rural developments proceed without proper assessment.

 

 

 

Table 5. Number of enforcement actions taken for EIA violations.

YearNo. of Enforcement Actions Taken
201929
202026
202131
202224
202328
202442
202534
EN
  • Insufficient enforcement capacity in rural areas due to limited personnel and logistical constraints
  • Weak penalties for EIA violations fail to provide sufficient deterrence to non-compliance
  • Limited awareness among rural communities and small-scale developers regarding EIA requirements
  • Lengthy EIA approval processes (averaging several months) encourage informal development to proceed without authorization
  • Absence of systematic national tracking system for ecosystems lost to development projects
  • Limited inter-agency coordination between EEA, Land Management Board, municipal authorities, and traditional authorities

Limited capacity on the compilation of comprehensive environmental assessment reports among environmental consultants, resulting in unsatisfactory/weak submissions to the Authority for assessment.

EN

EEA Enforcement Capacity Strengthening (2022-2024): The correlation between increased EIA approvals (691 in 2024) and increased enforcement actions (42 in 2024) demonstrates EEA's enhanced monitoring and compliance capacity. This represents a 75% increase in enforcement from the 2022 baseline of 24 cases, indicating improved institutional effectiveness despite resource constraints.

Financial Institution EIA Requirements: Commercial banks and development finance institutions increasingly require EIA compliance as a condition for project financing in rural areas. This market-based mechanism has improved compliance rates for medium and large-scale agricultural and infrastructure projects, though small-scale developments remain largely unassessed.

EN

Target 1.2 contributes to:  SDG 15.9 – Integration of ecosystem and biodiversity values into national and local planning, development processes, and poverty reduction strategies through mandatory EIA processes.  SDG 12.2 – Sustainable management and efficient use of natural resources through development impact assessment and mitigation.  SDG 16.6 – Development of effective, accountable and transparent institutions through EIA enforcement and compliance monitoring.

EN
Indicator Data
A.1 Red List of Ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.1Headline
No data available
No formal IUCN Red List of Ecosystems (RLE) assessment has been conducted for Eswatini's ecosystems. As a related proxy, the national Red List Index (species-level) stands at 0.81 as of 2024 (SDG indicator 15.5.1), indicating that approximately 19% of potential extinction risk has been realised across assessed species groups. Eswatini's four major ecosystem types - montane grasslands, savanna-woodland mosaic, riverine forests, and aquatic systems - have experienced an estimated ~25% decline over past decades, and annual deforestation stands at 0.92% (National Forest Reference Level, 2024). A formal RLE assessment is not yet available.
EN
A.2 Extent of natural ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.2Headline
Use national data set
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 2026 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2025 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2024 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2023 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2022 ha 1052616Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2021 ha 1052842Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2020 ha 1053518Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
1.1 Percentage of land and sea area covered by biodiversity-inclusive spatial plans GBF-INDICATOR-1.1Headline
No data available
As a landlocked country, the Kingdom of Eswatini’s reporting on this indicator is exclusively applicable to terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems. References to marine spatial planning are therefore omitted as non-applicable to the national context. During the current reporting period, Eswatini has achieved a critical milestone in biodiversity-inclusive spatial planning through the development of the Spatial Prioritization Framework and Action Plan for Area-Based Targets. This framework represents a paradigm shift in the nation’s approach to land-use management. It moves beyond traditional 'hotspot' identification by establishing a clear hierarchy for land-use planners. This includes Core Areas (high-integrity zones for absolute maintenance) and Priority 1 Expansion Zones (identified for immediate gazettement and formal protection). The framework provides private developers and state agencies with specific guidelines on how to integrate biodiversity safeguards into development projects outside of formal protected areas. Finally, the framework is designed as a cross-sectoral tool, providing the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and national land-use planners with a unified spatial roadmap to prevent habitat fragmentation. The adoption of the Spatial Prioritization Framework provides the technical blueprint for expansion of the country’s protected landscape. Once the 'Priority 1' and 'Core Areas' are formally integrated into the National Physical Development Plan (NPDP), Eswatini will be positioned to report a significant and verifiable increase in the percentage of land area covered by biodiversity-inclusive spatial plans.
EN
1.b Number of countries using participatory, integrated and biodiversity-inclusive spatial planning and/or effective management processes addressing land- and sea-use change to bring the loss of areas of high biodiversity importance close to zero by 2030 KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-1Binary
Yes
1.1 Are all areas of your country under biodiversity-inclusive spatial planning or effective management processes that:
Partially
Partially
For inland water planning
Target 2 By 2030, effectively restore 115 000 ha (=25%) of Eswatini's degraded terrestrial and inland water ecosystems to enhance biodiversity, ecological health, and ecosystem services, ensuring connectivity and integrity. (National)

Eswatini's ecosystem restoration efforts are transitioning from planning into early implementation through a portfolio of coordinated national and regional initiatives that collectively reflect a sustained commitment to reversing land degradation. The national restoration agenda is grounded in the Land Degradation Neutrality (LDN) Target Setting Report submitted to the UNCCD, which identified 115,000 hectares[1] representing approximately 25% of degraded land and reflecting a comparable 25% reduction in ecosystem extent over past decades as requiring active restoration. This baseline has since been refined spatially, with 93,774 hectares of priority restoration zones mapped according to high conservation value and high threat criteria, providing a more targeted framework for intervention planning and investment. To note, the Government of Eswatini operates six nurseries with a combined production capacity of approximately 120,000 tree seedlings annually. Based on expert assessment, approximately 50% of production comprises indigenous tree species, supporting restoration and reforestation programmes across the country. Expanding the proportion of indigenous species in nursery production and increasing overall production capacity to meet restoration demand represents a priority for scaling ecosystem recovery under this target. The current capacity, while meaningful, represents a modest fraction of the seedling volumes required to achieve the 115,000-hectare restoration target by 2030, and investment in nursery infrastructure and indigenous seed sourcing is identified as a near-term implementation need.

At the regional level, Eswatini's participation in the Great Green Wall Initiative situates national restoration efforts within a broader continental landscape framework, offering access to technical expertise and potential funding mechanisms that complement domestic capacity. This regional dimension is further reinforced through climate policy, with NDC 3.0 embedding ecosystem-based adaptation measures including wetland restoration, erosion control, and invasive species management as core commitments within the country's enhanced nationally determined contributions, thereby linking biodiversity restoration to climate resilience objectives.

The flagship on-the-ground initiative is the GEF-funded Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project (2023–2028)[2], which targets 60,700 hectares across five constituencies in the Hhohho and Lubombo regions. This represents approximately 53% of the national LDN restoration target and focuses on donga rehabilitation, invasive species control, and the promotion of sustainable land management practices. The project has leveraged considerable co-financing, with a GEF grant of approximately USD 3.9 million catalysing an additional USD 31.76 million from national and local sources. Complementing this is the Smallholder Agriculture Productivity Enhancement and Marketing Project (SAPEMP), launched in 2024 with total co-financing of USD 45.5 million from IFAD, the Green Climate Fund, and government sources. SAPEMP targets 40,000 hectares of general restoration across all four regions, with an additional 1,000 hectares designated specifically for agroforestry systems, making it the largest single restoration investment in the country's history.

At the community scale, the Eswatini Environment Fund has provided accessible grant financing typically in the range of E150,000 to E300,000 (approximately USD 8,125–16,250)[3] per project to support locally led restoration initiatives. These include completed donga rehabilitation projects at Mahlangatsha (61 hectares) and Nkonjwa (19.6 hectares), as well as wetland protection interventions across approximately 20 sites, though precise hectarage for the latter remains undocumented. Cumulatively, active and completed projects account for a quantified restoration footprint of over 122,094 hectares across ecosystem types including agroforestry, degraded mixed lands, grassland/donga systems, wetlands, and the Mbuluzi landscape (cropland, forestry, and rangeland).

Looking ahead, the Strengthening Agro-Ecosystem Adaptation for Sustainable Livelihoods (SEASL) project[4], backed by the Adaptation Fund with a USD 10 million budget and focused on the Lubombo and Ngwempisi landscapes, remains in proposal review stage with implementation pending approval. If approved, this would further expand the national restoration portfolio and strengthen the climate-biodiversity integration that underpins Eswatini's overall approach to ecosystem recovery. Collectively, documented international and multilateral funding commitments for ecosystem restoration total approximately USD 98.4 million between 2016 and 2025, reflecting both the scale of the challenge and the significant external interest in supporting Eswatini's restoration trajectory.
 


[1] Ministry of Agriculture, Country Report of the Land Degradation Neutrality Target Setting Programme (Mbabane, Eswatini, 2018).

[2] https://publicpartnershipdata.azureedge.net/gef/GEFDocuments/a0901c4a-6aff-ea11-a815-000d3a5c09ae/PIR/ProjectImplementationReportPIR_10695-PIR-UNEP-2025-Mbuluzi%20Ecosystems%20Restoration%20Project.pdf

[3] Samkele Tfwala et al., Eswatini Environment Fund: Funding Climate Change Adaptation and Biodiversity Actions at the Local Level (Mbabane, Eswatini, 2023).

[4] https://www.adaptation-fund.org/project/strengthening-agro-ecosystem-adaptation-for-sustainable-livelihoods-within-landscapes-seasl/

EN
Achieved

Baseline Assessment: Total degraded land area requiring restoration is 115,000 hectares, representing 25% reduction in ecosystem extent over past decades. This degradation affects grasslands, savannas, wetlands, and forest ecosystems.

Current Restoration Coverage: Eswatini's documented ecosystem restoration efforts cover 122,094.6 hectares across confirmed restoration projects and the Mbuluzi landscape intervention target, representing approximately 106% of the 115,000 ha national Land Degradation Neutrality target. This achievement confirms that Eswatini has met its national ecosystem restoration target ahead of the 2030 deadline, driven by the combined scale of the Mbuluzi Ecosystem Restoration Project, SAPEMP, and community-based restoration initiatives coordinated through the Eswatini Environment Fund..

Breakdown by Ecosystem Type (Table 6): General restoration: 40,000 hectares (SAPEMP), Agroforestry systems: 1,000 hectares (SAPEMP), Mixed degraded lands: 82 hectares (SMLP/CSARL in Middleveld and Lowveld), Donga rehabilitation (grassland erosion control): 80.6 hectares (Mahlangatsha 61 ha, Nkonjwa 19.6 ha via Eswatini Environment Fund), Wetland restoration: 20+ sites documented but total hectares NOT aggregated nationally and Hawane nature reserve (250 ha).

Table 6. Hectares of ecosystem under active restoration by type.

Ecosystem TypeDocumented HectaresProject/SourceReference YearReference
Agroforestry1,000 (planned)SAPEMP2024nbi.iisd
General restoration40,000 (target)SAPEMP total area2024nbi.iisd
Degraded land — mixed (Middleveld/Lowveld)82SMLP/CSARL2020ifad
Donga rehabilitation (grassland/revegetation)61Mahlangatsha (EEF)2020afr100
Donga rehabilitation (grassland/revegetation)19.6Nkonjwa (EEF)2020afr100
Wetlands~20 sites (ha not specified)EEF pilot programme~2020–2022adaptation-fund
Wetlands232Hawane dam and nature reserve2020SNPAS
Mbuluzi restoration project - Cropland / agricultural land60,000GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), Mbuluzi GEF ID 106952022 - presentEswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool
Mbuluzi restoration project - Forestry / re-vegetation700GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), Mbuluzi GEF ID 106952022 - presentEswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool
Mbuluzi restoration project - Rangeland / pasture20,000GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), Mbuluzi GEF ID 106952022 - presentEswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool
Mbuluzi restoration project - WetlandsLoss confirmed; ha not quantifiedGEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT)2022 - presentEswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool
TOTAL (quantified)~122,094.6 2020–Ongoing-

 

 

 

Geographic Distribution: Restoration projects span all four regions (Hhohho, Manzini, Shiselweni, Lubombo) with concentration in Mbuluzi landscape (60,700 ha target) and community-based initiatives across multiple constituencies (Table 7).

Table 7. Restoration project’s location.

ProjectLocation DetailsReference
Mbuluzi RestorationMbuluzi River Basinentc
SEASLLubombo and Ngwempisi Landscapesadaptation-fund+1
SMLP/CSARL37 chiefdoms in Middleveld/Lowveld (Lubombo, Shiselweni, Manzini)ifad
SAPEMPAll 4 regions; specific sites at Maguga Dam, Hendrick Van Eck Dam, Sand River Damnbi.iisd+1
Mahlangatsha DongaNdzeleni, Bhahwini (4 chiefdoms: Ndzeleni, Nciniselweni, KaZulu, Bhahwini)afr100
Nkonjwa DongaSithobela Constituency, Lubomboafr100
Shewula WetlandShewula areanapglobalnetwork

 

Implementation Status Timeline: Active projects (Table 8): Mbuluzi (2023-2027), SAPEMP (2024-multi-year), Completed projects: SMLP/CSARL, EEF donga rehabilitation (2016-2022), Planned/pending: SEASL ($10M, approval pending).

Table 8. Implementation status by project.

ProjectStatusStartExpected EndReference
Mbuluzi (GEF)Active20232027thegef+1
SEASL (Adaptation Fund)Proposal review2024TBD (pending approval)adaptation-fund+2
SMLP/CSARLCompleted20162022ifad
SAPEMPActive2024Not specified (multi-year)ewade+1
Mahlangatsha DongaCompleted20202020afr100
Nkonjwa DongaCompleted20202020afr100
EEF Wetlands (~20 sites)Pilot complete; ongoing sites~2018–2022Ongoingadaptation-fund

Hawane Dam & Nature Reserve 

Completed 

2015 - 2021 

2020 

SNPAS 

     
Shewula WetlandCompletedNot specified2022napglobalnetwork

 

Funding Mobilization: Table 9 indicates that International and multilateral funding has been the primary financial driver of ecosystem restoration in the country, with documented commitments totalling ~ USD 98.4 million between 2016 and 2025. The SAPEMP project represents the largest single investment at USD 45.5 million, combining resources from IFAD, the Green Climate Fund, government contributions, and private sector co-financing to support comprehensive ecosystem restoration across all four regions. The Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration project illustrates the significant leverage effect of international funding mechanisms, with a GEF grant of approximately USD 3.9 million catalysing an additional USD 31.76 million in co-financing from various national and local sources among other funding sources. 

 

Table 9. International and Multilateral Funding (Documented Projects)

ProjectFunding SourceAmount (USD)PeriodReference
Mbuluzi Ecosystems RestorationGEF Grant3,916,9502023–ongoingthegef
Mbuluzi (co-financing)Various31,760,4002023–ongoingthegef
SEASL ProjectAdaptation Fund10,000,0002024–plannedadaptation-fund
- Component 3 (ecosystems)Adaptation Fund4,231,2502024–plannedadaptation-fund
SMLP/CSARLGEF co-financing7,200,0002016–2022ifad
SAPEMPIFAD, GCF, Gov't, private45,500,0002024–ongoingewade+1
Total Major Projects ~USD 98.4 million2016–2025+ 

 

The Eswatini Environment Fund (EEF) has emerged as a critical national financing mechanism for ecosystem restoration (Table 10), providing accessible grant funding for community-based and locally led restoration initiatives that complement larger international projects. Individual EEF project grants typically range from E150,000 to E300,000 (~ USD 8,825 to USD 17,650 at the current exchange rate), scaled appropriately for community-level implementation capacity while still enabling meaningful restoration outcomes.

 

Table 10. National and Local Funding (Eswatini Environment Fund).

CategoryAmount (E/USD)PeriodReference
2022 Grant CycleE1.1 million (~USD 65,000)2022napglobalnetwork
Individual Project GrantsE150,000 – E300,000Ongoingnapglobalnetwork+1
Mahlangatsha Donga ProjectUSD 20,0002020afr100
Nkonjwa Donga ProjectUSD 20,0002020afr100
Shewula Wetland ProjectE150,000 (~USD 8,825)2022napglobalnetwork
EN
  • Current mobilized resources ($98.4M over 9 years) fall short of comprehensive restoration needs for 115,000 hectares
  • Land tenure complexities on Swazi Nation Land complicate restoration implementation, particularly for long-term land use agreements and benefit-sharing arrangements
  • Limited technical capacity for restoration planning and implementation, including species selection, erosion control engineering, and ecosystem-appropriate techniques
  • Absence of national soil conservation policy framework to guide and standardize restoration approaches
  • Weak coordination among agencies involved in restoration activities (ENTC, EEA, Ministry of Agriculture, Ministry of Natural Resources, municipalities)
  • Lack of systematic monitoring of restored areas - tree planting success rates unknown, restored ecosystem health not tracked
  • Insufficient capacity on choice of appropriate tree species for specific ecological zones and restoration objectives
  • No systematic national reporting mechanism to aggregate forest and wetland restoration hectares across all implementing agencies
EN

Case Study 1: Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project (2023-2029) This GEF-funded landscape-scale restoration initiative targets 60,700 hectares across Hhohho and Lubombo regions, representing 53% of Eswatini's national LDN target. The project integrates multiple restoration approaches including donga rehabilitation using engineering and biological stabilization techniques, invasive alien plant species control and replacement with indigenous vegetation, sustainable land management practices with community participation, and livelihood diversification to reduce pressure on natural resources. Key innovation: The project demonstrates large-scale restoration feasibility through GEF catalytic funding ($3.9M) leveraging substantial co-financing ($31.76M) from government, communities, and private sector. Community involvement across 5 constituencies ensures local ownership and long-term sustainability.

Case Study 2: Mahlangatsha Donga Rehabilitation (Eswatini Environment Fund) Community-led restoration of 61 hectares of severely eroded grassland in Mahlangatsha demonstrates effective small-scale restoration approaches. The project employed soil conservation techniques including gabion structures for gully stabilization, indigenous grass species reseeding matched to local ecological conditions, and community training in erosion control maintenance. Results: Successful stabilization of major erosion features, recovery of native grassland vegetation, and community capacity building. This model has been replicated in other sites (Nkonjwa 19.6 ha) and provides templates for scaling through EEF funding mechanism. Project cost of approximately $8,825-17,650 demonstrates cost-effectiveness of community-based approaches.

EN

Target 2 contributes to multiple Sustainable Development Goals: SDG 15.3 - Combat desertification, restore degraded land and soil, and strive to achieve a land degradation-neutral world. Eswatini's 115,000 ha restoration target directly addresses this goal.  SDG 13.1 - Strengthen resilience and adaptive capacity to climate-related hazards through ecosystem restoration that enhances natural climate regulation and disaster risk reduction.  SDG 6.6 - Protect and restore water-related ecosystems including wetlands, which comprise a key component of Eswatini's restoration portfolio with 20+ wetland sites. SDG 2.4 - Ensure sustainable food production systems that help maintain ecosystems through landscape restoration supporting agricultural productivity and ecosystem services.

EN
Indicator Data
2.1 Area under restoration GBF-INDICATOR-2.2Headline
Use national data set
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregation typeDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 2026 ha -9999No systematic annual monitoring data available for this year. Restoration projects active from 2016 onwards; cumulative total reported as of 2024.
No 2025 ha -9999No systematic annual monitoring data available for this year. Restoration projects active from 2016 onwards; cumulative total reported as of 2024.
No 2024 ha 41000Total documented restoration area: 41,000+ ha (36% of 115,000 ha national target). Breakdown: General landscape restoration 40,000 ha (SAPEMP); Agroforestry 1,000 ha (SAPEMP); Degraded cropland/rangeland 82 ha (SMLP); Donga/gully systems 80.6 ha (EEF projects). Wetland restoration: 20+ sites (hectares not aggregated).
YesEcosystem typeGeneral landscape restoration 2024 ha 40000General landscape restoration target area under SAPEMP (Sustainable Agriculture, Production and Environmental Management Programme). Source: nbi.iisd.org, 2024.
YesEcosystem typeAgroforestry 2024 ha 1000Agroforestry planned restoration area under SAPEMP. Source: nbi.iisd.org, 2024.
No 2023 ha -9999No systematic annual monitoring data available for this year. Restoration projects active from 2016 onwards; cumulative total reported as of 2024.
No 2022 ha 80700Mbuluzi GEF project (ID: 10695): quantified restoration 80,700 ha (cropland/agricultural land 60,000 ha + forestry/re-vegetation 700 ha + rangeland/pasture 20,000 ha). Wetland loss confirmed; ha not quantified. Source: Eswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), 2022.
YesEcosystem typeCropland / agricultural land 2022 ha 60000Mbuluzi GEF project (GEF ID 10695). Source: Eswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), 2022.
YesEcosystem typeForestry / re-vegetation 2022 ha 700Mbuluzi GEF project (GEF ID 10695). Source: Eswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), 2022.
YesEcosystem typeRangeland / pasture 2022 ha 20000Mbuluzi GEF project (GEF ID 10695). Source: Eswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), 2022.
YesEcosystem typeWetlands 2022 ha -9999Mbuluzi GEF project (GEF ID 10695): wetland loss confirmed but hectares not quantified. Source: Eswatini GEF LD Tracking Tool (PMAT), 2022.
No 2021 ha -9999No systematic annual monitoring data available for this year. Restoration projects active from 2016 onwards; cumulative total reported as of 2024.
No 2020 ha 162.6Quantified restoration: ~162.6 ha from documented projects. Includes degraded land — mixed (SMLP/CSARL: 82 ha), donga rehabilitation — Mahlangatsha site (EEF: 61 ha), donga rehabilitation — Nkonjwa site (EEF: 19.6 ha). Wetland restoration: ~20 pilot sites (hectares not specified). Source: ifad.org, afr100.org, adaptation-fund.org, 2020.
YesEcosystem typeDegraded land — mixed (Middleveld/Lowveld) 2020 ha 82Degraded cropland/rangeland restoration under SMLP/CSARL. Source: ifad.org, 2020.
YesEcosystem typeDonga rehabilitation / grassland (Mahlangatsha site) 2020 ha 61Donga/gully rehabilitation and revegetation at Mahlangatsha site under EEF pilot programme. Source: afr100.org, 2020.
YesEcosystem typeDonga rehabilitation / grassland (Nkonjwa site) 2020 ha 19.6Donga/gully rehabilitation and revegetation at Nkonjwa site under EEF pilot programme. Source: afr100.org, 2020.
YesEcosystem typeWetlands 2020 ha -9999EEF pilot programme: ~20 wetland restoration sites; hectares not specified. Source: adaptation-fund.org, ~2020–2022.
Target 3.1 By 2030, at least 10% of Eswatini's land will be designated as protected areas. (National)

Eswatini's protected area system has been progressively expanded through a combination of formal gazetting, innovative conservation designations, and landscape-level planning. Gazetted protected areas managed by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks include major reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, Mantenga, Hawane, Mlilwane, Hlane Royal National Park, and Mkhaya Game Reserve collectively covering approximately 4.26% of the country's terrestrial area (approximately 741 km²).

To extend conservation coverage beyond formally gazetted land, Eswatini launched the Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework in May 2021, becoming the first country in Africa and globally to officially launch OECM Guidelines. Under this framework, 11 additional sites have been formally recognised, comprising three community-based organisations (including Shewula Community Nature Reserve at 32.14 km² and Jilobi Community Conservation Area), four private landowner conservation areas, and one site affiliated with the University of Eswatini. Together, these OECMs contribute approximately 3% additional coverage, bringing effective conservation to approximately 7.74%[1] of land area. The approval in 2025 of the Big 5 Nature Reserve project supported by GEF and UNDP, marks a further significant expansion of the protected area estate while explicitly prioritising gender-inclusive community benefits. Integrated Landscape Management Plans for Ngwempisi, Lubombo, and Malolotja (2020–2030), developed under the Strengthening the Network of Protected Areas Systems (SNPAS) project, provide frameworks for biodiversity conservation across large landscape units beyond individual reserve boundaries.


[1] Spatial Prioritization Framework and Action Plan for Area-Based Targets in the Kingdom of Eswatini

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini's conservation estate encompasses a total estimated area of 4,126.61 km² across gazetted reserves and recognised OECMs. The Current coverage of 7.74% represents 77% progress toward the national 10% target, leaving a gap of approximately 4.8% (roughly 830 km²) to be designated by 2030. The national target of 10% has been deliberately adapted from the global 30x30 goal to reflect Eswatini's high population density (approximately 67 persons per km²), the proportion of land under subsistence agriculture and food production, and the practical constraints of land availability in a country of only 17,364 km². The distribution and composition of the protected area system are detailed in Table 11 and illustrated in Figure 3 and Figure 4.

 

Table 11. Protected areas and their respective areal coverage.

NameDesignationArea (km2)
Lubombo Biosphere ReserveUNESCO-MAB Biosphere Reserve2478.39
Hlane Royal National ParkNational Park217.32
RES Livestock and Game (formerly IYSIS)Nature Reserve200.13
ManzimnyameOECM178.81
Malolotja Nature ReserveNature Reserve162.92
Mlawula Nature ReserveNature Reserve161.48
Jozini Big 6Nature Reserve126.59
Mkhaya Game ReserveNature Reserve100.49
MahhukuOECM90.37
Big BendNature Reserve89.89
MakhonjwaOECM81.59
Mlilwane Wildlife SanctuaryNature Reserve45.83
ShewulaOECM32.14
MhlosingaOECM26.21
LibhetseNature Reserve15.76
EmantiniNature Reserve13.81
LuzelweniOECM12.86
Sand River DamWetland of International Importance (Ramsar Site)7.64
Mantenga Nature ReserveNature Reserve7.17
LomatiNature Reserve6.63
PanataOECM4.91
LubuyaneNature Reserve4.36
DombeyaOECM3.49
MahambaOECM2.68
Hawane Dam and Nature ReserveWetland of International Importance (Ramsar Site)2.31
Wide HorizonOECM2.07
Van Eck DamWetland of International Importance (Ramsar Site)1.88
PhophonyaneNature Reserve1.40
MgogodlaOECM1.29
EIRMIPOECM0.27
Total Area (km2) 4126.61

 

Figure 3. OECMs in Eswatini[1]

Figure 4. Protected and conserved areas.

 

Management effectiveness assessments (Table 12) using the Management Effectiveness Tracking Tool (METT) indicate that protected areas are operating at basic to sound management levels, with Mlawula Nature Reserve scoring 77 out of a maximum 123 in 2024, Malolotja scoring 62 in 2022, and Hawane scoring 51 in 2022. While these scores confirm that fundamental management functions are in place, they also indicate meaningful room for improvement across all assessed sites. Protection-worthy areas identified in earlier national biodiversity studies remain available for potential gazetting but have not yet advanced through formal designation processes.

Table 12. METT assessment scores for Eswatini protected areas.

SiteAssessment dateScore (Max 123)
Mlawula[2]202477
Malolotja202262
Hawane202251


 


[1] Protected planet, “Global Database on Protected Area Management Effectiveness (GD-PAME),” January 24, 2026, https://www.protectedplanet.net/country/SWZ.

[2] METT-4_Mlawula August 2024.xlsm

EN
  • The principal challenge constraining progress is the substantial gap between current coverage (7.74%) and the 10% national target, requiring the designation of an additional 830 km² within four years. 
  • Land availability represents the most fundamental constraint: the high proportion of Eswatini's territory already under cultivation, settlement, or plantation forestry limits the pool of land available for conservation without imposing significant livelihood trade-offs on rural communities. 
  • The complex tenure arrangements on Swazi Nation Land, which covers approximately 60% of the country, require extensive consultation with traditional authorities and communities before any area can be formally designated, making the gazetting process time-intensive and resource-demanding.
  • Financial constraints compound these difficulties. Limited budgets restrict both the pace of OECM recognition and the ability to provide the financial incentives and management support that would encourage private landowners and communities to formalise conservation commitments. 
  • The slow rate at which protection-worthy areas identified in earlier studies have advanced to formal designation also reflects institutional capacity limitations in processing and completing gazetting procedures. 
  • An additional technical gap is the absence of a comprehensive ecological representativeness analysis, which would confirm whether the existing and planned protected area network adequately captures all of Eswatini's major ecosystem types, biodiversity hotspots, and ecological connectivity corridors.
EN

Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) exemplifies successful community-based conservation under the OECM Framework. The reserve integrates biodiversity conservation with a community-owned eco-tourism enterprise (community lodge and cultural tourism), generating income for development while maintaining traditional land tenure. Strong community governance structures, transparent revenue-sharing mechanisms, and integration with cultural heritage preservation have been key success factors. Shewula demonstrates that OECMs can simultaneously achieve conservation objectives and support local livelihoods, a model being promoted for replication across other community landholdings.

EN

Target 3.1 directly advances SDG 14.5/15.1 on conserving terrestrial areas, SDG 15.4 on mountain ecosystem conservation (Malolotja, Ngwempisi), and SDG 1.4 by maintaining community access to natural resources through the OECM model.

EN
Indicator Data
A.1 Red List of Ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.1Headline
No data available
No formal IUCN Red List of Ecosystems (RLE) assessment has been conducted for Eswatini's ecosystems. As a related proxy, the national Red List Index (species-level) stands at 0.81 as of 2024 (SDG indicator 15.5.1), indicating that approximately 19% of potential extinction risk has been realised across assessed species groups. Eswatini's four major ecosystem types - montane grasslands, savanna-woodland mosaic, riverine forests, and aquatic systems - have experienced an estimated ~25% decline over past decades, and annual deforestation stands at 0.92% (National Forest Reference Level, 2024). A formal RLE assessment is not yet available.
EN
A.2 Extent of natural ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.2Headline
Use national data set
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 2026 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2025 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2024 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2023 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2022 ha 1052616Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2021 ha 1052842Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2020 ha 1053518Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
A.3 Red List Index GBF-INDICATOR-A.3Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 1993 index 0.81443639256701
No 1994 index 0.814414549546706
No 1995 index 0.81439531875
No 1996 index 0.814370184975073
No 1997 index 0.814349630115953
No 1998 index 0.81432485
No 1999 index 0.814300570833333
No 2000 index 0.814265004166667
No 2001 index 0.814240647916667
No 2002 index 0.814216627083333
No 2003 index 0.814192089583333
No 2004 index 0.814161404166667
No 2005 index 0.814118320833333
No 2006 index 0.8140752375
No 2007 index 0.81403881875
No 2008 index 0.813991866666667
No 2009 index 0.813939439583333
No 2010 index 0.813891173510373
No 2011 index 0.813848581397208
No 2012 index 0.813818438255204
No 2013 index 0.81379638010746
No 2014 index 0.81377535045113
No 2015 index 0.813762972037037
No 2016 index 0.813749754436432
No 2017 index 0.813737145418148
No 2018 index 0.813721296610445
No 2019 index 0.813711995813715
No 2020 index 0.813698569408786
No 2021 index 0.813685439207866
No 2022 index 0.813672747027178
No 2023 index 0.813661691259831
No 2024 index 0.813648275763061
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

The Red List Index (RLI) measures changes in the overall extinction risk for groups of species over time. The RLI value ranges from 1 to 0, where a value of 1 means that all species in the groups included are categorized as ‘Least Concern’, indicating that none are currently at risk of extinction, while a value of 0 means that all species included are categorized as ‘Extinct’. The RLI is also SDG indicator 15.5.1.

The global RLI can be disaggregated to the national level, where each species contributing to the national index is weighted according to the proportion of its global range that occurs within a country. Nationally disaggregated RLI values are shown on the country pages.

The global Red List Index is based on data from the IUCN Red List, which comprises assessments of extinction risk using the IUCN Red List Categories & Criteria, and is made available through the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

Note: The Red List Index covers terrestrial, freshwater, and marine species. For simplicity, territorial waters are not shown on the Most Recent Measurement map.

Disclaimers: The national Red List Index for a country may differ from the relevant national disaggregation of the global Red List index because: (a) the former is based on trends in national rather than global extinction risk, (b) because it takes no account of the national responsibility for the conservation of each species, treating as equal both those species that occur nowhere outside the country (i.e. national endemics) and those with large ranges that occur in many other countries, and (c) the taxonomic groups considered may differ.
A.4 Proportion of populations within species with an effective population size greater than 500 GBF-INDICATOR-A.4Headline
No data available
Population genetics studies, including effective population size assessments, have not been systematically conducted for most species in Eswatini. Systematic assessment requires genetic sampling, molecular marker analysis, and bioinformatics capacity currently unavailable nationally. As a proxy, the national Red List Index stands at 0.81 (2024), indicating approximately 19% of potential extinction risk realised across assessed species groups.
EN
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 3.2 By 2028, develop and implement comprehensive management plans for all existing and newly established protected areas, ensuring they are ecologically representative and well-connected. (National)

Management planning for Eswatini's protected area system has been advanced through both site-level plan reviews and landscape-scale Integrated Landscape Management Plans (ILMPs). A dedicated Management Plan Review and Development Workshop, held at Magadzavane Lodge from 20–21 November 2025, initiated the formal review and updating of management plans for three major ENTC reserves Malolotja, Mlawula, and Mantenga with a revised 2024–2030 planning horizon. These plans are being updated to align with the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework and contemporary adaptive management principles.

At the landscape scale, three ILMPs were developed under the SNPAS project and launched in 2020: the Ngwempisi Integrated Landscape Management Plan 2020–2030[1] (covering the Ngwempisi-Usuthu landscape with clear objectives for biodiversity, livelihoods, and climate adaptation), the Lubombo Integrated Landscape Management Plan 2020–2030, and the Malolotja Integrated Landscape Management Plan 2020–2030[2]. While these are not classic single-site protected area management plans, they represent highly relevant and sophisticated management instruments that address biodiversity conservation, connectivity, community livelihoods, and ecosystem services at the scale at which ecological processes operate. Management Effectiveness Tracking Tool (METT) assessments have been completed for Mlawula (2024), Malolotja (2022), and Hawane (2022), providing quantitative baselines against which future management improvements can be tracked.


 


[1] https://www.undp.org/eswatini/news/eswatini-national-trust-commission-launches-ngwempisi-integrated-landscape-management-plan

[2] https://www.thegef.org/projects-operations/projects/10695

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Three of Eswatini's major protected areas are in active management plan review processes, with updated plans targeting the 2024–2030 period expected before the 2028 target deadline. Three ILMPs are operational and guiding management across the Ngwempisi, Lubombo, and Malolotja landscapes. METT scores: Mlawula 77/123 (2024), Malolotja 62/123 (2022), and Hawane 51/123 (2022) confirm that basic to sound management frameworks are in place across assessed sites, with all three scores indicating functional management systems that nonetheless have significant room for improvement.

However, management plan coverage remains incomplete. Smaller protected areas and the majority of the 11 recognised OECMs lack formal comprehensive management plans, though several are in the process of developing plans with ENTC technical support. A critical gap is the absence of a systematic ecological representativeness analysis for the protected area network such analysis would identify whether the system adequately represents all major ecosystem types and species assemblages, and whether ecological connectivity between sites is sufficient to support viable populations and enable species range shifts under climate change.

EN
  • The primary challenges in advancing protected area management planning are financial and technical capacity constraints. 
  • Developing comprehensive management plans is a resource-intensive process requiring up-to-date biodiversity baseline surveys, stakeholder consultation processes, species distribution mapping, and expert technical input across multiple disciplines. 
  • Many of Eswatini's smaller protected areas and OECMs lack the institutional resources to commission or maintain formal plans, relying instead on informal operational management practices. 
  • The absence of a dedicated national protected area planning unit with sufficient staffing creates bottlenecks in reviewing, approving, and supporting implementation of plans across the system.
  • A further challenge is the absence of a comprehensive ecological representativeness analysis and connectivity assessment. Without systematic gap analysis, it is not possible to confirm whether the protected area network captures the full spectrum of Eswatini's biodiversity, including less charismatic but ecologically significant taxa and habitats.
  • Coordination between individual site management plans and the broader landscape-scale ILMPs also requires strengthening to ensure coherent management across the conservation estate.
EN

The Ngwempisi Integrated Landscape Management Plan 2020–2030 (developed under SNPAS) demonstrates the value of landscape-scale planning beyond individual reserve boundaries. The plan integrates protected area management with biodiversity conservation in connecting habitats, sustainable livelihood activities for surrounding communities, and climate adaptation measures across the Ngwempisi-Usuthu landscape. Its participatory development process, involving traditional authorities, communities, government agencies, and conservation organisations, ensured local ownership and established a governance framework for ongoing adaptive management. The Ngwempisi ILMP provides a replicable model for landscape-level planning in other priority landscapes.

EN

Target 3.2 contributes to SDG 15.1 on sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems through effective protected area management, and SDG 15.9 on integrating ecosystem values into planning and development processes.

EN
Indicator Data
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 3.3 By 2028, establish a system for monitoring and evaluating the effectiveness of protected area management, including biodiversity indicators and ecosystem services. (National)

Eswatini has taken initial steps toward a systematic protected area management monitoring system, centred primarily on the Management Effectiveness Tracking Tool (METT), which provides a standardised framework for assessing the performance of individual protected areas across planning, resources, processes, and outcomes. METT assessments have been completed for Mlawula Nature Reserve (2024), Malolotja Nature Reserve (2022), and Hawane Nature Reserve (2022), establishing quantitative baselines against which future management improvement can be measured. ENTC maintains GIS databases that track protected area boundaries, land cover changes, and selected habitat parameters for the gazetted reserve estate. Biodiversity monitoring for priority species including the five globally threatened mammals and 15 threatened bird species is conducted within protected areas as part of species-specific conservation programmes, providing a subset of biodiversity indicator data relevant to management effectiveness assessment.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The METT assessments completed for three major protected areas provide the most systematic data currently available on management effectiveness. Mlawula Nature Reserve recorded a score of 77 out of a maximum 123 in 2024, reflecting sound management processes with room for further improvement particularly in outcomes and ecological monitoring. Malolotja Nature Reserve scored 62 out of 123 in 2022, indicating basic management functions in place with more significant deficiencies in planning comprehensiveness and resource allocation. Hawane scored 51 in 2022, reflecting fundamental management capacity with substantial gaps in documentation, biodiversity monitoring, and long-term planning.

However, the system for monitoring management effectiveness remains incomplete in several important respects. METT assessments have not been completed for all protected areas particularly smaller ENTC reserves, Big Game Parks properties, and the 11 recognised OECMs. Biodiversity indicator monitoring within protected areas is species-focused and lacks a comprehensive ecosystem approach that would track habitat condition, ecosystem process integrity, and the provision of ecosystem services such as water regulation, carbon sequestration, and soil stabilisation. No formal ecosystem services valuation or monitoring framework has been established for the protected area network.

EN
  • The principal challenge is expanding the monitoring system from its current focus on a few major protected areas to comprehensive, standardised coverage across the entire protected area estate, including OECMs. 
  • Limited financial and human resources constrain both the frequency of METT assessments and the ability to conduct the biodiversity field surveys needed to populate biodiversity indicator data. While the METT provides a robust management process assessment tool, it does not directly measure biodiversity outcomes, meaning that management effectiveness assessments based on METT alone cannot confirm whether management actions are translating into conservation results on the ground.
  • Ecosystem services monitoring represents a particular gap no standardised methodology for tracking services such as water regulation, carbon stocks, pollination, and erosion control has been implemented across Eswatini's protected areas, limiting the ability to demonstrate the full economic and social value of protected area management to government, communities, and potential investors. Capacity for data management and analysis across the monitoring system is also limited, and the absence of a centralised biodiversity information system means that monitoring data from different sources are not systematically integrated or accessible for reporting.
EN

Mlawula Nature Reserve's 2024 METT assessment, achieving the highest score in the current national dataset (77/123), demonstrates the value of consistent long-term management investment. Mlawula is considered one of Eswatini's most ecologically diverse protected areas, supporting a wide range of plant communities, mammals, birds, and reptiles across its varied topography. The relatively high METT score reflects sustained ENTC management investment in ranger capacity, patrol systems, and habitat management, providing a benchmark for other protected areas to target.

EN

Target 3.3 supports SDG 15.1 on monitoring the conservation and sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, and SDG 15.7 on ending poaching and illegal trade both of which depend on effective protected area monitoring systems.

EN
Indicator Data
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 3.4 By 2028, identify and map areas of particular importance for biodiversity and ecosystem functions and services, including key habitats, ecological corridors, and cultural landscapes. (National)

Identification and mapping of biodiversity-important areas in Eswatini have been advanced through a combination of biodiversity assessments, spatial planning initiatives, and landscape management planning. Significant groundwork has been laid through systematic biodiversity surveys conducted in major ecosystems particularly montane grasslands, savanna woodlands, and riparian systems and through the identification of Key Biodiversity Areas (KBAs) aligned with international criteria. The Integrated Landscape Management Plans developed for Ngwempisi, Lubombo, and Malolotja (2020–2030) include spatial identification of priority conservation zones, ecological corridors, and areas of high ecosystem service provision within those landscapes.

Catchment management plans developed by the Joint River Basin Authorities for the Ngwavuma and Mbuluzi basins identify critical water regulation zones, riparian corridors, and watershed protection areas. The OECM Framework has further contributed to identifying areas of conservation importance outside the formal protected area network, with the eight recognised OECM sites having been assessed against biodiversity significance criteria as part of the recognition process. The draft Eswatini National Trust Commission Bill, if enacted, would provide a strengthened legal framework for identifying and formally designating areas of ecological importance.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

National-level spatial mapping of all biodiversity-important areas, ecological corridors, and key habitats has not yet been comprehensively completed. While substantial data exist from individual project assessments, protected area surveys, and landscape management plans, these have not been systematically integrated into a single national spatial database of priority biodiversity areas. The ILMPs and catchment management plans provide landscape-specific spatial information, but they do not cover the entire country and use varying methodologies and scales that complicate national synthesis.

Cultural landscapes with high biodiversity significance including sacred groves, traditional resource management areas, and chiefdom-managed habitats are particularly under-documented at the national level. Eswatini's traditional land management system, in which chiefs regulate resource extraction on Swazi Nation Land, de facto protects some biodiversity-important areas but these areas have not been systematically identified, mapped, or incorporated into national conservation planning frameworks.

EN
  • The primary challenge is the absence of a comprehensive national spatial biodiversity priority-setting exercise that systematically identifies key habitats, corridors, and high-value ecosystem service areas across all land use types. 
  • Individual landscape assessments provide valuable data, but translating these into a nationally consistent priority map requires significant resources for GIS analysis, field survey, expert review, and stakeholder validation. Limited technical capacity for systematic biodiversity mapping particularly the integration of species distribution data, habitat quality assessments, and ecosystem service modelling into spatial prioritisation frameworks is a key constraint.
  • The identification of ecological corridors connecting protected areas is particularly underdeveloped, which has implications for species movement, gene flow, and long-term biodiversity viability in a fragmented landscape.
  • Traditional and cultural landscapes that support biodiversity also lack formal recognition in national planning processes, meaning their conservation value is not systematically captured or protected.
EN

The Ngwempisi-Usuthu landscape ILMP provides the most comprehensive spatial biodiversity mapping currently available for any part of Eswatini, identifying priority conservation zones, restoration areas, and connectivity corridors across a landscape of approximately 117,139 hectares. The plan's spatial data serve as a model for the national-level mapping exercise required under this target, demonstrating the feasibility of comprehensive landscape assessment when resources and expertise are dedicated to the task.

EN

Target 3.4 supports SDG 15.1 on conserving and restoring terrestrial and freshwater ecosystems, and SDG 11.4 on protecting cultural heritage, including traditional landscapes that maintain both biodiversity and cultural significance.

EN
Indicator Data
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 3.5 By 2028, implement guidelines for recognizing and managing OECMs, such as community-conserved areas, private protected areas, and sustainable forest management areas. (National)

Eswatini made a landmark contribution to global OECM implementation when it launched the first national OECM Framework and associated Guidelines in May 2021, becoming the first country in Africa and the first globally to officially launch OECM Guidelines. The Framework provides a comprehensive set of criteria, standards, and procedures for identifying, assessing, recognising, and reporting on OECMs, covering community-conserved areas, private conservation lands, and other governance types. ENTC serves as the national custodian for OECM recognition and maintains records of all recognised sites. Following the launch of the Guidelines, eight sites were initially recognised as OECMs comprising three community-based areas, four private landowner areas, and one university-affiliated site subsequently expanded to 11 recognised sites.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The development and launch of the national OECM Guidelines represent a significant policy achievement and a model for other African countries. The recognition of 11 OECMs under the Guidelines, contributing approximately 1% of additional conservation coverage to the national protected area estate, demonstrates that the framework is operationally functional. ENTC's role as national OECM custodian has been established and is actively exercised in reviewing and processing recognition applications.

However, the rate of new OECM recognition has been slower than the pace needed to contribute substantially to the 10% protected area coverage target. While interest from private landowners and communities exists, the translation of potential OECM sites into formally recognised ones requires navigating the full recognition process, which can be time-consuming without adequate support. The effectiveness of management at recognised OECM sites also varies considerably, with some community and private OECMs receiving limited technical or financial support that constrains their conservation performance.

EN
  • Potential OECM sites are not converting to formally recognised OECMs rapidly enough to contribute meaningfully to national area targets by 2030. This is partly because landowners and communities, while potentially interested in conservation, may lack the technical capacity and financial incentives to navigate the recognition process and subsequently manage their land in ways that deliver sustained biodiversity outcomes. 
  • Limited ENTC capacity to provide outreach, technical support, and management guidance to prospective OECM holders constrains the pipeline of applications.
  • Financial sustainability is a related concern: OECMs recognised under the Guidelines receive no guaranteed financial support, meaning that management quality depends on the resources of individual landowners or communities. Where financial incentives are absent, the risk of land use change away from conservation-compatible uses remains real, potentially resulting in de-recognition of sites if biodiversity outcomes are not maintained.
EN

Eswatini's status as the first country globally to launch official OECM Guidelines has been recognised internationally, including in CBD reporting processes and regional conservation forums. The Shewula Community Nature Reserve, as one of the original OECMs recognised under the framework, has served as a demonstration site for community-based conservation benefits, combining biodiversity maintenance with community tourism income generation. ENTC has shared Eswatini's OECM experience with other southern African countries, providing a technical assistance and knowledge-sharing role that leverages the country's pioneering work in this area.

EN

Target 3.5 contributes to SDG 15.1 on the conservation of terrestrial ecosystems through effective area-based conservation beyond formal protected areas, and to SDG 17.16 on global partnerships for sustainable development, given Eswatini's knowledge-sharing role in OECM implementation across the region.

EN
Indicator Data
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 3.6 By 2030, ensure that at least 7% of Eswatini's land is under OECM management, contributing to biodiversity conservation and ecosystem services. (National)

Eswatini has 11 formally recognized OECMs, consisting of 3 community-based sites, 4 private landowner sites, 1 University of Eswatini site, and 3 additional sites. Together, these cover an estimated 174 km², or about 1% of the country's terrestrial area. The OECM Guidelines were launched in May 2021, with the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) serving as the national custodian; since then, new recognitions have occurred at a rate of about 1–3 sites per year. 

EN
On track to achieve target

Eswatini aims to achieve 7% terrestrial coverage through Other Effective area-based Conservation Measures (OECMs) by 2030 as part of its National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan. As of 2026, OECMs cover 1% of the country's land area (approximately 174 km² across 11 formally recognized sites: 3 community-based, 4 private, 1 university-owned, and 3 additional). This represents 14.3% progress toward the 2030 target (1% / 7% = 0.143), with steady advancement since the OECM Guidelines launch in May 2021 by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC), at a rate of 1–3 new sites annually. 

Key outcomes are: 

  • Expanded biodiversity protection beyond traditional parks, raising effective conservation coverage from 4.2% to over 5% when combined with protected areas. 
  • Formal recognition of diverse sites like Shewula Community Reserve, supporting multiple uses (e.g., grazing, ecotourism) while conserving important species. 

Institutionalized framework under ENTC, with data from implementation records showing sustained growth despite starting from zero pre-2021. 

EN
  • Poverty, population growth, and competition from agriculture (e.g., sugarcane expansion) and human settlements threaten OECM sites, particularly communal lands where conservation must balance livelihoods.
  • Limited technical expertise, funding, and monitoring capabilities hinder assessment and ongoing management; local communities may lack skills for threat control or data collection.
  • Climate change, invasive species, and land degradation exacerbate pressures, with no PAME scores for OECMs or PAs reported.
EN

Eswatini's OECM implementation demonstrates effectiveness through specific site-level successes and broader conservation gains since the 2021 framework launch. For example, the Shewula Community Reserve is a 3,215-ha community based OECM in the Lubombo mountains that balances conservation with community livelihoods. Traditional livestock grazing occurs concurrently with eco-tourism and the protection of important species while generating income. This showcases community-led management that sustains biodiversity hotspots without displacing residents. The Strengthening National Protected Areas Systems project trained over 20 community/private groups in ecotourism, and financial management, and securing about 20,000 ha of land via new OECMs. Sites like Khelekhele now thrive on eco-tourism, illustrating scaled-up capacity building that boosts both conservation and local economies.

EN

Eswatini's OECM implementation directly supports multiple Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework targets by expanding conservation coverage while fostering sustainable land use.

 SDG Linkages are as follows: 

SDG 15 (Life on Land): OECMs advance Target 15.5 (prevent species loss) and 15.a (mobilize resources for biodiversity) by protecting 3.48% of land (174 km²) across 11 sites, raising combined PA+OECM coverage to 7.74% and contributing to Aichi Target 11 equivalents.

SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) and SDG 13 (Climate Action): Community sites like Shewula Reserve integrate grazing, eco-tourism, and carbon sequestration, balancing livelihoods with resilience against climate threats like droughts. SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 8 (Decent Work): Economic incentives from private OECMs (e.g., IYSIS and SNPAS training) generate jobs in monitoring and tourism, aiding poverty reduction in rural areas.

Global Biodiversity Framework Ties are: 

Progress toward GBF Target 3 (30% PA+OECM coverage by 2030) is evident in the 45.43% advancement on Eswatini's 17% national goal, with OECMs filling gaps in traditional PAs and supporting Targets 1 (intact ecosystems) and 19 (knowledge sharing) through ENTC-led recognition and reporting.

EN
Indicator Data
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 3.7 By 2027, establish a participatory governance framework for protected areas and OECMs, ensuring the involvement of local communities in decision-making processes. (National)

The ENTC is reviewing management plans and governance frameworks for three protected areas, namely, Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hawane, with emphasis on sustainable biodiversity use and local community access. These reviews prioritize community buy-in for activities in neighbouring areas, enhancing protected areas' relevance in broader landscapes. This work integrates into a new Protected Area Network Strategy covering 14 PAs and OECMs. These initiatives are part of the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project which is currently underway.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Progress toward this target shows steady advancement through ongoing reviews of protected area management plans. Key outcomes include enhanced frameworks emphasizing sustainable biodiversity use, local community access, and buy-in for activities in areas like Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hawane, which integrate into a broader Protected Area Network Strategy for 14 sites.

Further, Eswatini has OECMs that are directly managed by local communities, which ensures participatory governance by linking conservation to livelihoods, such as eco-tourism and resource access in areas like Shewula, Luzelweni, Mgogodla and Mahamba. These efforts ensure that communities benefit economically while contributing to decision-making in biodiversity conservation and sustainable use, thus aligning with this target.

The Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project complements these efforts by restoring wetlands and riparian zones, involving communities in sustainable practices that bolster livelihoods through improved fisheries and agriculture. It reinforces OECM governance by promoting biodiversity-friendly activities in community-managed landscapes.

EN

Eswatini faces several challenges in advancing NBSAP Target 3.7, particularly the slow pace of declaring additional OECMs to expand community reach. Resource constraints and limited capacity hinder interested communities from meeting eligibility criteria for formal designation. Limited funding and technical expertise slow OECM assessments, leaving some community-managed areas unrecognized despite ongoing effective biodiversity conservation.  Broader economic pressures like high unemployment exacerbate livelihood tensions around conservation of biodiversity.  To address these, there is a need to build capacity through training and grants, as seen in prior awards of E200,000 – E270,000 to eight new OECMs (community, private, and university-led), to fast-track eligibility for more sites.

EN

Eswatini's NBSAP Target 3.7 implementation has shown effectiveness through specific OECM case studies that demonstrate community involvement and biodiversity outcomes.

A case in point is Shewula Mountain Camp, a 3,215-ha communal area in the Lubombo mountains, which exemplifies participatory governance that was established during the tenure of the late Chief Mbandzamane Sifundza. Set aside for conservation and controlled grazing, it maintains rich biodiversity via local leadership enforcing fines for violations, while providing ecosystem services like ecotourism revenue that supports livelihoods. This aligns with the target by securing community buy-in for decision-making on OECMs. This community is a pioneer for the conservation and sustainable utilization of species as two Endangered plant species, Warburgia salutaris and Siphonochilus aethiopicus, are actively conserved and sustained by local homesteads, providing sustainable sources of traditional medicines for the local community. Both species are cultivated in the homesteads of residents, and harvesting is controlled by the heads of households, which ensures sustainability. This helps to relieve the pressure on wild stocks, allowing them to regenerate without human interference. 

EN

Implementation of Eswatini's NBSAP Target 3.7 advances participatory governance in protected areas and OECMs, directly supporting key Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by integrating biodiversity conservation with community livelihoods.

SDG 15: Life on Land: Target 3.7's focus on community-involved frameworks for 14 PAs and OECMs, as seen in the reviews of the management plans for Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hawane, promotes sustainable ecosystem management and biodiversity protection (SDG 15.1, 15.5). Cases like the Shewula OECM demonstrate halted habitat loss through local enforcement, raising coverage beyond 4.2% toward the 17% NBSAP goals.

SDG 17: Partnerships for the Goals: Collaborative strategies, including the ENTC-led SNPAS Project which saw the awards of grants to eight OECMs, foster multi-stakeholder buy-in and resource sharing (SDG 17.16–17). This aligns with Eswatini's NBSAP integration into national plans like Vision 2022.

EN
Indicator Data
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 3.8 By 2028, develop and implement sustainable use plans for protected areas and OECMs, balancing conservation objectives with the needs of local communities. (National)

This specific target serves as a bridge between the rigorous conservation requirements of the "30x30" initiative, aiming to protect 30% of the planet's terrestrial and marine environments by 2030, and the socio-economic imperatives of a developing nation where local communities remain the primary stewards and beneficiaries of natural resources. The implementation of Target 3.8 represents a significant shift from exclusionary conservation models to a landscape-level approach that integrates human developmental needs with the maintenance of ecological integrity. 

The adoption of Target 3.8 is the culmination of years of technical capacity building, primarily catalyzed by the "Strengthening the National Protected Areas System" (SNPAS) project. Funded by the Global Environment Facility (GEF) with a budget of approximately $6 million and supported by the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP), the SNPAS project ran from 2015 to 2021. It laid the groundwork for Target 3.8 by transitioning the national conservation philosophy from managing isolated "islands of green" to a more holistic "landscape approach". This approach acknowledges that biodiversity conservation cannot succeed if it is divorced from the surrounding land-use matrix, which includes communal grazing lands, smallholder agriculture, and private forestry.

Implementation of Eswatini's NBSAP Target 3.8 advances sustainable use plans for protected areas and OECMs, balancing conservation with community needs through targeted reviews and regulated access. The ENTC is currently reviewing management plans and governance frameworks for Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hawane Nature Reserves, emphasizing sustainable biodiversity use and community access within the Mbuluzi Landscape and Network. These updates ensure protected areas remain relevant by integrating local needs into broader conservation strategies. Nearby communities obtain ENTC permits to harvest resources like various species of grasses and sedges that local women use for making handicrafts, and regulated quantities of firewood. Clear regulations and overexploitation safeguards promote sustainable practices while supporting livelihoods.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

One of the most visible outcomes has been the rehabilitation and revitalization of community-owned ecotourism infrastructure. The Khelekhele and Shewula OECM sites are prime examples of ‘sustainability in action’. These lodges, set in stilted bungalows using natural materials like thatch and bamboo, provide a Mountain view and paddy field experiences without the environmental footprint of traditional hotels. The success of these sites is not measured solely in visitor numbers but in the empowerment of residents. Young people and women have been trained in product development and ecotourism marketing, turning conservation into a viable economic opportunity. This has been particularly impactful in these rural areas where employment options are limited, proving that nature can be an engine for local development.

Eswatini’s Revised Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC 3.0) emphasizes the synergy between biodiversity conservation and climate action. A major outcome of this policy alignment is the target to rehabilitate 75,000 hectares of degraded communal grazing lands by 2035 through Sustainable Land Management (SLM) practices. These efforts, which include increasing soil organic carbon by 5% in targeted areas, directly contribute to the ‘sustainable use’ mandate of Target 3.8 by restoring the productivity of the land while enhancing its biodiversity value.

EN

Despite the highlighted successes, the path toward the 2028 goal for Target 3.8 is fraught with structural challenges. The most significant of these is the ‘middle-income trap’ regarding international funding. Eswatini’s middle-income status has led to a reduction in Official Development Assistance (ODA) flows, making it more difficult to secure the large-scale, predictable financing required for long-term conservation management. This necessitates a shift toward innovative financing mechanisms, such as public-private partnerships and nature-based investment funds.

Furthermore, the maintenance and continued declaration of more OECMs remain a complex issue. While the SNPAS project demonstrated their effectiveness, institutionalizing these measures requires navigating traditional land tenure systems and ensuring that community rights are protected through Free, Prior, and Informed Consent processes. The mismatch between national conservation targets and local land-use needs remains a dynamic that requires constant negotiation and compromise.

The global context also presents challenges. The CBD’s Monitoring Framework for the KMGBF requires rigorous reporting on "headline indicators". For a developing nation, the technical and financial burden of maintaining these monitoring systems is significant. For example, in preparing this 7th National Report, the country had to consolidate data from various sectors, some of which still have significant data gaps. Thus, there is a need for capacity development for most institutions so that they are in a better position to generate the data necessary for such international reporting obligations.

EN

The following cases highlight how the actions taken under Target 3.8 and the legacy of the SNPAS project have translated into tangible socio-economic and ecological outcomes.

Case 1: Khelekhele Community Eco-lodge (Velezizweni Chiefdom): Located in a pristine forest overlooking the Ngwempisi River, the Khelekhele Community Eco-lodge serves as a primary model for the conservation-livelihood nexus. 

  • Action: The community contributed 2,000 hectares of land to the conservation project. The SNPAS project invested E2.5 million (=USD 154742.70) to build a solar-powered lodge and provide technical training. 
  • Outcome: Over 8,900 people in the Velezizweni Chiefdom are direct beneficiaries. Community leaders report that training has shifted local behavior; residents who previously engaged in indiscriminate tree cutting or poaching now prioritize conservation because they see the direct link between a healthy environment and income from tourism.

Case 2: Khalangilile Women’s Cooperative (Luyengweni Wetland): The Luyengweni Wetland project illustrates the successful implementation of sustainable use within an OECM.   

  • Action taken: The community fenced the wetland in 2017 to allow for regeneration and provided training to local women in sustainable harvesting and wetland management.
  • Outcome: Fencing led to increased moisture content and the regeneration of indigenous vegetation species. The Khalangilile women's cooperative now harvests natural fibers to create household items like mats and brooms for sale in the Manzini Market. This has empowered women to take leadership roles in resource management while securing water sources for the community.
EN

The implementation of Target 3.8 is intrinsically linked to the country’s progress toward several Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), primarily through the integration of conservation and local livelihoods. The specific ways this implementation drives SDG progress include:

  • SDG 1 (No Poverty): Sustainable use plans are designed to turn nature into an engine for local development. For example, the Khelekhele Community Eco-lodge project directly benefits over 8,900 people, providing jobs and income that contribute to poverty eradication. 
  • SDG 5 (Gender Equality): The target promotes inclusive governance, particularly through projects like "Accelerating Systemic Change for Gender Equality and Biodiversity Conservation." Initiatives such as the Khalangilile women’s cooperative empower women to take leadership roles in natural resource management while generating independent income. 
  • SDG 13 (Climate Action) and SDG 15 (Life on Land): By rehabilitating 75,000 hectares of degraded communal grazing lands and protecting wetlands as OECMs, Eswatini enhances its climate resilience and protects terrestrial biodiversity. These actions ensure that ecosystems can continue to provide essential services like carbon storage and water filtration. 
  • SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth): The expansion of sustainable tourism and the recognition of OECMs foster a "green and sustainable global economy" at the local level, creating inclusive growth opportunities for youth and rural populations. 

Consequently, the target adopts a "One Health" approach, acknowledging that healthy ecosystems are essential for human well-being, disaster risk reduction, and preventing the emergence of zoonotic diseases.

EN
Indicator Data
B.1 Services provided by ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-B1Headline
No data available
The country has not yet developed the necessary tools to monitor progress on this target due to financial constraints.
EN
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
B.b Number of countries with policies or actions for implementing and monitoring the sustainable use of biodiversity and the maintenance and enhancement of nature’s contributions to people, including ecosystem functions and services KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-BBinary
Partially
Partially
No
Partially
Target 3.9 By 2030, ensure that the rights of local communities are respected and protected in relation to protected areas and OECMs, including fair benefit-sharing arrangements. (National)

Implementation of Eswatini's NBSAP Target 3.9 accentuates the protection of the rights of local communities in protected areas and OECMs by 2030 through policy tools and benefit-sharing projects. The country integrates community rights into management plan reviews for protected areas and OECMs, emphasizing fair access to biodiversity resources and equitable participation in decision-making. The Eswatini Environment Authority spearheaded the development of guidelines for operationalizing the Nagoya Protocol on Access and Benefit-Sharing (ABS) in Eswatini (2017), enabling equitable sharing of genetic resource benefits. The guidelines provide a national framework, ensuring communities receive fair shares from biodiversity use in OECMs and PAs. These guidelines provide provisions for prior informed consent agreements between local communities who are the custodians of genetic resources and the bio prospectors or researchers, thus fostering trust and enabling sustainable harvesting that bolsters livelihoods through commercialization of products developed from natural resources. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has developed national Access and Benefit-Sharing (ABS) Guidelines that establish protocols for equitable use of genetic resources, ensuring compliance with the Nagoya Protocol. These guidelines formalize fair benefit-sharing arrangements, respecting indigenous knowledge in biodiversity-related activities across PAs, OECMs and communally owned areas. A key achievement is the EIRMIP project at the University of Eswatini which helped to operationalize these guidelines through a traditional remedy development initiative involving three communities where key medicinal plants occur. Prior Informed Consent (PIC) and Material Transfer Agreements (MTAs) were signed between each community and the University, alongside a benefit-sharing agreement with indigenous knowledge holders. This pioneer effort enables sustainable plant sourcing, remedy commercialization, and revenue sharing, fostering trust and economic benefits while integrating into the management of biodiversity.

EN

Limited awareness and capacity among local communities and authorities hinder consistent application of Prior Informed Consent (PIC) and benefit-sharing, compounded by resource shortages for monitoring compliance across sites. Economic pressures, including high unemployment, intensify conflicts over resource access in ecosystems, slowing expansion of OECMs to more communities. Approaches for Further Implementation include:

  • Enhancing capacity building via targeted training for relevant officers and communities on ABS operationalization, scaling EIRMIP's PIC/MTA model to additional medicinal plant initiatives and other commercialization of genetic resources projects.
  • Securing donor partnerships (e.g., UNDP, GEF) to fund compliance checkpoints and digital tracking systems for genetic resource use throughout the country.
  • Integrate rights protections into national policies, amending PA laws for mandatory benefit-sharing clauses and piloting community trusts for eco-tourism revenues in areas like the Luzelweni ecotourism site, which is within an OECM.
EN

Recognition of community-managed OECMs – Instead of forcing land into traditional government-run protected areas, Eswatini has adopted a model that recognizes community-stewardship. In 2021, the Minister of Tourism and Environmental Affairs launched the OECM framework, which allowed several areas managed by communities and private owners to be formally declared as OECMs. This action directly protects community land rights while fostering biodiversity. As of May 2021, about 18,000 hectares of land were committed to conservation by communities and private landowners, helping expand the country’s conserved area from 4.2% to 5.2%, which has since increased to 7.74% to date. 

Community-based ecotourism (CBET) for financial benefit-sharing - Through the SNPAS project, UNDP and the ENTC invested in infrastructure for community-run eco-tourism. A case example is Khelekhele Lodge (Velezizweni Chiefdom) which is located along the Ngwempisi River, which is managed by a local community trust. The project supported infrastructure development, training in hospitality, and product development. The lodge now generates income directly for the community, providing funds for local needs, creating employment for youth, and giving residents a tangible reason to protect the surrounding environment. 

Sustainable livelihood projects in buffer zones - To ensure that conservation does not hinder development, the government has promoted, and continues to promote, alternative livelihood initiatives in areas surrounding protected areas. Within Ngwempisi and Lubombo landscapes, the ongoing Strengthening Agro-Ecosystem Adaptation for Sustainable Livelihoods (SEASL) project focuses on community-based natural resource management. This includes training in sustainable poultry farming (chickens/rabbits), bee-keeping, and sustainable harvesting of natural resources like reeds (umhlanga) for cultural activities and handicrafts. These projects reduce reliance on unsustainable resource extraction from protected areas while providing direct income to local, often impoverished, rural households. 

EN

Implementation of Eswatini's NBSAP Target 3.9 strengthens community rights in protected areas and OECMs, directly advancing several Sustainable Development Goals through equitable benefit-sharing and indigenous knowledge protection.

SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities

ABS guidelines and EIRMIP's PIC/MTA agreements with three communities ensure fair revenue from medicinal plants, reducing disparities by empowering marginalized groups in resource access and commercialization (SDG 10.2). This fosters inclusive decision-making in sites like communally managed lands.

SDG 15: Life on Land

Target 3.9 supports sustainable biodiversity management by securing community consent for OECM activities, aligning with ecosystem protection and restoration goals (SDG 15.1, 15.5). EIRMIP's traditional remedy project exemplifies compliant genetic resource use under the Nagoya Protocol.

SDG 17: Partnerships for the Goals

Signed benefit-sharing arrangements between communities, knowledge holders, and the University of Eswatini build multi-stakeholder collaboration (SDG 17.16–17), integrating into ENTC's 14-site network strategy for long-term rights enforcement.

EN
Indicator Data
3.1 Coverage of protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures GBF-INDICATOR-3.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2020 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2021 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2022 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2023 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2024 % 4.7
YesTerrestrial and inland waters 2025 % 4.72
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator shows the total percentage coverage of terrestrial and marine areas by protected areas and other effective area-based conservation measures (OECM). Tracking the coverage of protected areas and OECMs enables assessment of progress towards one element of Target 3 of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework; for at least 30 per cent of terrestrial and inland water areas, and 30 per cent of marine and coastal areas, to be within protected areas and OECMs by 2030.

Data on protected areas and OECMs are submitted to UNEP-WCMC primarily by national governments and compiled into the World Database on Protected and Conserved Areas (WDPCA; formally the World Database on Protected Areas (WDPA) and World Database on Other Effective Area-based Conservation Measures (WD-OECM)). They are disseminated through the Protected Planet platform, which is a joint product of IUCN and UNEP, managed by UNEP-WCMC.

Eswatini has progressively expanded its conservation footprint through a strategic blend of formal gazetting and landscape-level planning, anchored by the Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) and Big Game Parks. This network, which includes flagship reserves such as Malolotja, Mlawula, and Hlane Royal National Park, currently encompasses approximately 741 km², or 4.26% of the nation's terrestrial area. To further extend this coverage, Eswatini achieved a global milestone in May 2021 by becoming the first country to officially launch an Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) Framework. This innovative approach has integrated 11 additional sites into the national conservation strategy, including the Shewula Community Nature Reserve (32.14 km²) and various private and communally managed areas, contributing an additional 3.5% in coverage. By harmonizing traditional protected areas with these recognized OECMs, Eswatini has successfully increased its total effective conservation area to approximately 7.74%, providing a robust, multi-stakeholder model for meeting international biodiversity targets.

EN
Target 4.1 By 2030, implement comprehensive species-specific conservation plans, including ex-situ measures, to halt extinction, recover threatened species, and significantly reduce extinction risk. (National)

Eswatini has initiated species-specific conservation planning for a subset of nationally and globally threatened species, supported by habitat protection within the protected area system and targeted ex-situ measures. Three species-specific conservation plans have been formally approved during the reporting period. A regional conservation plan for the Blue Swallow (Hirundo atrocaerulea) is in place for the Malolotja area, addressing habitat protection through highland grassland fire management and coordinated management across the species' trans-boundary range with South Africa. At the national level, an approved conservation plan for the Southern Bald Ibis (Geronticus calvus) is being implemented in the Mantenga area, focusing on breeding site protection and reduction of local anthropogenic pressures. A management plan for the Brown Hyaena (Parahyaena brunnea) has been developed to guide population management and mitigate human-wildlife conflict. Conservation plans for the Leopard (Panthera pardus pardus) and several water bird species are currently under development and will expand the number of species covered once finalised and approved.

On the ex-situ side, the GEF-8 Food Security Integration Program (approved 2025) is implementing targeted strategies for the conservation of indigenous plant genetic resources. Under Output 3.4, the programme is reinforcing existing community seedbanks as decentralised conservation facilities across the Malolotja (133,217 ha), Ngwempisi (117,139 ha), and Lubombo (109,301 ha) landscapes. Seed loan programmes using cluster models at community level create sustainable systems for seed access and conservation, while indigenous knowledge-sharing circles through seed fairs and field visits ensure traditional knowledge is retained alongside the genetic material being conserved. Digital seed libraries are also being developed to document indigenous variety information.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini hosts approximately 8,000 species, including 132 mammals, 511 birds, 127 reptiles, and 4,374 plant species, representing significant biodiversity relative to the country's small land area. National Red Data Lists document 89 vertebrate species and 305 plant species of conservation concern. Of these, five globally threatened mammal species black rhinoceros (Diceros bicornis), African elephant (Loxodonta africana), African wild dog (Lycaon pictus), lion (Panthera leo), and leopard and 15 globally threatened bird species including critically endangered vultures receive active conservation management within the protected area system.

The Red List Index (RLI) for Eswatini stands at 0.81 as of 2024[1], serving as the primary standardised metric for tracking changes in overall extinction risk across assessed species groups. This value, recognised internationally as SDG indicator 15.5.1, indicates that approximately 19% of the potential extinction risk across assessed groups has been realised, meaning a proportion of species have moved into higher threat categories. While an RLI of 0.81 suggests that most of Eswatini's assessed species retain relatively stable conservation status, it also signals the ongoing need for active conservation intervention, particularly for species dependent on grassland and wetland habitats that continue to decline nationally.

The current coverage of approved species-specific conservation plans three plans covering Blue Swallow, Southern Bald Ibis, and Brown Hyaena, with two more under development represents only a modest fraction of the 394 species listed on national Red Data Lists. This gap is primarily attributable to human and financial resource constraints, which also mean that Red Lists for many taxonomic groups are outdated, making it difficult to fully characterise current conservation status trends.


 


[1] https://target-tracker.org/en/country/SWZ/goalTarget/A/indicator/3

EN
  • The principal challenge in implementing this target is the wide gap between the number of species on national Red Data Lists (394 species) and the number with approved, actively implemented species-specific conservation plans (currently three). This disparity reflects chronic limitations in institutional capacity particularly the shortage of trained taxonomists, wildlife biologists, and conservation planners and insufficient financial resources to sustain comprehensive monitoring, habitat management, and plan development for the full range of threatened species. 
  • The focus of conservation attention on large, charismatic mammals and birds means that invertebrates, less conspicuous reptiles and amphibians, and most plant species of conservation concern receive comparatively little management attention.
  • A further challenge is that most Red Lists for various organism groups are outdated, making it difficult to determine present conservation status and population trends with confidence. 
  • Population genetics data, including effective population sizes, genetic diversity levels, and gene flow between populations, have not been systematically assessed for most species, meaning that the adaptive potential and long-term viability of many populations cannot be confirmed.
  • The absence of ex-situ conservation infrastructure for animal species: Eswatini has no comprehensive zoo, wildlife breeding facility, or tissue cryobank limits the tools available for species recovery.
EN

The Blue Swallow (Hirundo atrocaerulea) conservation plan in Malolotja demonstrates the effectiveness of species-specific planning for a critically endangered grassland specialist with a small, trans-boundary range. The plan coordinates habitat management principally fire management to maintain the open, short highland grassland structure required by the species with nest site protection during breeding season and community awareness programmes. Trans-boundary coordination with South Africa's conservation authorities ensures that population dynamics are managed at the landscape scale appropriate for a migratory species with limited breeding sites. Monitoring of breeding success, nest site occupancy, and habitat condition provides an evidence base for adaptive management decisions, making this plan a model for how range-restricted specialists can be effectively conserved across jurisdictions.

EN

Target 4.1 contributes directly to SDG 15.5 reducing degradation of natural habitats and preventing the extinction of threatened species and to SDG 15.6 on the fair and equitable sharing of benefits from genetic resources, through the indigenous seed conservation and digital documentation programmes.

EN
Indicator Data
A.3 Red List Index GBF-INDICATOR-A.3Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 1993 index 0.81443639256701
No 1994 index 0.814414549546706
No 1995 index 0.81439531875
No 1996 index 0.814370184975073
No 1997 index 0.814349630115953
No 1998 index 0.81432485
No 1999 index 0.814300570833333
No 2000 index 0.814265004166667
No 2001 index 0.814240647916667
No 2002 index 0.814216627083333
No 2003 index 0.814192089583333
No 2004 index 0.814161404166667
No 2005 index 0.814118320833333
No 2006 index 0.8140752375
No 2007 index 0.81403881875
No 2008 index 0.813991866666667
No 2009 index 0.813939439583333
No 2010 index 0.813891173510373
No 2011 index 0.813848581397208
No 2012 index 0.813818438255204
No 2013 index 0.81379638010746
No 2014 index 0.81377535045113
No 2015 index 0.813762972037037
No 2016 index 0.813749754436432
No 2017 index 0.813737145418148
No 2018 index 0.813721296610445
No 2019 index 0.813711995813715
No 2020 index 0.813698569408786
No 2021 index 0.813685439207866
No 2022 index 0.813672747027178
No 2023 index 0.813661691259831
No 2024 index 0.813648275763061
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

The Red List Index (RLI) measures changes in the overall extinction risk for groups of species over time. The RLI value ranges from 1 to 0, where a value of 1 means that all species in the groups included are categorized as ‘Least Concern’, indicating that none are currently at risk of extinction, while a value of 0 means that all species included are categorized as ‘Extinct’. The RLI is also SDG indicator 15.5.1.

The global RLI can be disaggregated to the national level, where each species contributing to the national index is weighted according to the proportion of its global range that occurs within a country. Nationally disaggregated RLI values are shown on the country pages.

The global Red List Index is based on data from the IUCN Red List, which comprises assessments of extinction risk using the IUCN Red List Categories & Criteria, and is made available through the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

Note: The Red List Index covers terrestrial, freshwater, and marine species. For simplicity, territorial waters are not shown on the Most Recent Measurement map.

Disclaimers: The national Red List Index for a country may differ from the relevant national disaggregation of the global Red List index because: (a) the former is based on trends in national rather than global extinction risk, (b) because it takes no account of the national responsibility for the conservation of each species, treating as equal both those species that occur nowhere outside the country (i.e. national endemics) and those with large ranges that occur in many other countries, and (c) the taxonomic groups considered may differ.
A.4 Proportion of populations within species with an effective population size greater than 500 GBF-INDICATOR-A.4Headline
No data available
Population genetics studies, including effective population size assessments, have not been systematically conducted for most species in Eswatini. Systematic assessment requires genetic sampling, molecular marker analysis, and bioinformatics capacity currently unavailable nationally. As a proxy, the national Red List Index stands at 0.81 (2024), indicating approximately 19% of potential extinction risk realised across assessed species groups.
EN
Target 4.2 By 2028, implement effective conservation strategies to maintain and restore genetic diversity within and between species (domestic and wild), thereby ensuring their adaptive potential. (National)

Conservation of genetic diversity in Eswatini has been pursued through both in-situ habitat protection and developing ex-situ capacities, with the primary advances occurring in plant genetic resources. The Ministry of Agriculture maintains a national gene bank for indigenous crop varieties, providing centralised ex-situ storage for domesticated plant genetic material. This is being significantly strengthened through the GEF-8 Food Security Integration Program (FSIP, approved 2025), which is reinforcing community-based ex-situ conservation by supporting community seedbanks as decentralised facilities across the Malolotja, Ngwempisi, and Lubombo landscapes. The FSIP implements seed loan programmes at community level using cluster models, establishes indigenous knowledge-sharing circles through seed fairs and field visits, and is developing digital seed libraries that document indigenous variety information alongside the traditional knowledge associated with them ensuring that genetic material and cultural knowledge are conserved together.

For wild species, genetic diversity is primarily maintained through in-situ habitat protection within the protected area system, supported by population monitoring for priority threatened species including the five globally threatened mammals and 15 threatened bird species receiving active management attention. However, no systematic molecular genetic diversity assessments including measurements of effective population sizes, heterozygosity, inbreeding coefficients, or gene flow between populations have been conducted for most wild species due to limitations in technical capacity and financial resources.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Progress on conserving genetic diversity of domesticated and agricultural plant varieties has been meaningful, with the national gene bank operational and the GEF-8 FSIP actively expanding community-based conservation of indigenous seed varieties across three landscapes. The digital documentation of indigenous varieties with associated traditional knowledge represents an important innovation, addressing both genetic conservation and cultural heritage preservation simultaneously. Conservation agriculture adoption has also increased significantly, from 9,575 farmers in 2016 to 14,500 in 2021, with practices that support soil biota diversity and maintain on-farm agrobiodiversity.

For wild species, the Red List Index value of 0.81 provides an indirect indication that most assessed populations remain above immediate extinction thresholds, suggesting that in-situ conservation is providing some protection to genetic diversity. However, this inference is limited because the RLI does not directly measure genetic diversity, and the absence of molecular genetics data means that inbreeding, genetic erosion, and loss of adaptive potential in small or fragmented populations cannot be confirmed or ruled out. Genetic diversity in indigenous livestock breeds represents a further critical gap no systematic inventory of indigenous breed diversity, conservation status, or breed-specific conservation strategies exists nationally.

EN
  • The fundamental challenge constraining this target is the complete absence of systematic population genetics monitoring for wild species. Without molecular genetic data including effective population sizes, measures of heterozygosity and allelic diversity, and assessments of gene flow between populations it is not possible to determine whether Eswatini's wildlife populations maintain sufficient adaptive potential to respond to environmental change, disease challenges, or further habitat loss. This gap reflects a lack of technical capacity in population genetics (including DNA sampling protocols, laboratory analysis, and bioinformatics), rather than a deliberate decision not to measure.
  • For domesticated species, the lack of an inventory of indigenous livestock breeds and their conservation status is a significant gap, as traditional breeds often carry unique genetic traits adapted to local conditions that could have important agricultural and conservation value. 
  • Land fragmentation driven by habitat loss and infrastructure development also increasingly imposes genetic isolation on wildlife populations, and without connectivity assessments and corridor identification, the long-term genetic health of populations in smaller protected areas cannot be assured.
EN

The GEF-8 FSIP community seedbank programme across the Malolotja, Ngwempisi, and Lubombo landscapes represents a significant innovation in combining genetic conservation with food security and cultural preservation. By using a cluster model to distribute seedbanks across communities rather than centralising them in a single facility, the programme reduces risk of loss through a single point of failure, builds community ownership, and makes seed access more equitable. The integration of digital libraries with traditional knowledge documentation ensures that information on how to cultivate, select, and use indigenous varieties is not lost even as farming systems modernise an approach that captures both the genetic and the knowledge dimensions of agrobiodiversity.

EN

Target 4.2 directly advances SDG 2.5 on maintaining genetic diversity of seeds, cultivated plants, and domestic animals; SDG 15.6 on fair and equitable benefit-sharing from genetic resources; and SDG 13.1 on strengthening resilience through the maintenance of genetic diversity that enables adaptation to climate change.

EN
Indicator Data
A.3 Red List Index GBF-INDICATOR-A.3Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 1993 index 0.81443639256701
No 1994 index 0.814414549546706
No 1995 index 0.81439531875
No 1996 index 0.814370184975073
No 1997 index 0.814349630115953
No 1998 index 0.81432485
No 1999 index 0.814300570833333
No 2000 index 0.814265004166667
No 2001 index 0.814240647916667
No 2002 index 0.814216627083333
No 2003 index 0.814192089583333
No 2004 index 0.814161404166667
No 2005 index 0.814118320833333
No 2006 index 0.8140752375
No 2007 index 0.81403881875
No 2008 index 0.813991866666667
No 2009 index 0.813939439583333
No 2010 index 0.813891173510373
No 2011 index 0.813848581397208
No 2012 index 0.813818438255204
No 2013 index 0.81379638010746
No 2014 index 0.81377535045113
No 2015 index 0.813762972037037
No 2016 index 0.813749754436432
No 2017 index 0.813737145418148
No 2018 index 0.813721296610445
No 2019 index 0.813711995813715
No 2020 index 0.813698569408786
No 2021 index 0.813685439207866
No 2022 index 0.813672747027178
No 2023 index 0.813661691259831
No 2024 index 0.813648275763061
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

The Red List Index (RLI) measures changes in the overall extinction risk for groups of species over time. The RLI value ranges from 1 to 0, where a value of 1 means that all species in the groups included are categorized as ‘Least Concern’, indicating that none are currently at risk of extinction, while a value of 0 means that all species included are categorized as ‘Extinct’. The RLI is also SDG indicator 15.5.1.

The global RLI can be disaggregated to the national level, where each species contributing to the national index is weighted according to the proportion of its global range that occurs within a country. Nationally disaggregated RLI values are shown on the country pages.

The global Red List Index is based on data from the IUCN Red List, which comprises assessments of extinction risk using the IUCN Red List Categories & Criteria, and is made available through the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

Note: The Red List Index covers terrestrial, freshwater, and marine species. For simplicity, territorial waters are not shown on the Most Recent Measurement map.

Disclaimers: The national Red List Index for a country may differ from the relevant national disaggregation of the global Red List index because: (a) the former is based on trends in national rather than global extinction risk, (b) because it takes no account of the national responsibility for the conservation of each species, treating as equal both those species that occur nowhere outside the country (i.e. national endemics) and those with large ranges that occur in many other countries, and (c) the taxonomic groups considered may differ.
A.4 Proportion of populations within species with an effective population size greater than 500 GBF-INDICATOR-A.4Headline
No data available
Population genetics studies, including effective population size assessments, have not been systematically conducted for most species in Eswatini. Systematic assessment requires genetic sampling, molecular marker analysis, and bioinformatics capacity currently unavailable nationally. As a proxy, the national Red List Index stands at 0.81 (2024), indicating approximately 19% of potential extinction risk realised across assessed species groups.
EN
Trget 4.3 By 2028, identify all human-wildlife conflict hotspots in Eswatini and develop targeted management strategies to effectively mitigate conflicts and promote coexistence between humans and wildlife. (National)

There is no data available for the target.

EN
Unknown

The list of animal species usually associated with human-wildlife conflicts in Eswatini include wild pigs, warthogs, baboons, hyaenas, vervet monkeys, pythons, crocodiles, hippopotamus. In addition, even though there is an effort to report and document the number of incidents in protected areas under ENTC (Mlawula Nature Reserve, Mantenga Nature Reserve and Malolotja Nature Reserve) and other privately owned protected areas such as Big Game Parks, the actual statistics of reported cases remain unknown. 

EN
  • Data on the occurrence and extent of human-wildlife conflicts is lacking. Incidents are reported but no data has been compiled. 
  • Lack of standardized human-wildlife conflict data collection tools. There is need to develop a standard reporting tool to ensure that the data are collected in an orderly fashion. 
  • Lack of centralized data storage repository
EN

None documented currently.

EN

Eswatini currently lacks comprehensive national data on human–wildlife conflict. Implementing this target will therefore play a foundational role in establishing baseline information, monitoring systems, and evidence‑based management strategies that are essential for tracking progress toward SDG 15 and related goals.

EN
Indicator Data
A.3 Red List Index GBF-INDICATOR-A.3Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 1993 index 0.81443639256701
No 1994 index 0.814414549546706
No 1995 index 0.81439531875
No 1996 index 0.814370184975073
No 1997 index 0.814349630115953
No 1998 index 0.81432485
No 1999 index 0.814300570833333
No 2000 index 0.814265004166667
No 2001 index 0.814240647916667
No 2002 index 0.814216627083333
No 2003 index 0.814192089583333
No 2004 index 0.814161404166667
No 2005 index 0.814118320833333
No 2006 index 0.8140752375
No 2007 index 0.81403881875
No 2008 index 0.813991866666667
No 2009 index 0.813939439583333
No 2010 index 0.813891173510373
No 2011 index 0.813848581397208
No 2012 index 0.813818438255204
No 2013 index 0.81379638010746
No 2014 index 0.81377535045113
No 2015 index 0.813762972037037
No 2016 index 0.813749754436432
No 2017 index 0.813737145418148
No 2018 index 0.813721296610445
No 2019 index 0.813711995813715
No 2020 index 0.813698569408786
No 2021 index 0.813685439207866
No 2022 index 0.813672747027178
No 2023 index 0.813661691259831
No 2024 index 0.813648275763061
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

The Red List Index (RLI) measures changes in the overall extinction risk for groups of species over time. The RLI value ranges from 1 to 0, where a value of 1 means that all species in the groups included are categorized as ‘Least Concern’, indicating that none are currently at risk of extinction, while a value of 0 means that all species included are categorized as ‘Extinct’. The RLI is also SDG indicator 15.5.1.

The global RLI can be disaggregated to the national level, where each species contributing to the national index is weighted according to the proportion of its global range that occurs within a country. Nationally disaggregated RLI values are shown on the country pages.

The global Red List Index is based on data from the IUCN Red List, which comprises assessments of extinction risk using the IUCN Red List Categories & Criteria, and is made available through the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

Note: The Red List Index covers terrestrial, freshwater, and marine species. For simplicity, territorial waters are not shown on the Most Recent Measurement map.

Disclaimers: The national Red List Index for a country may differ from the relevant national disaggregation of the global Red List index because: (a) the former is based on trends in national rather than global extinction risk, (b) because it takes no account of the national responsibility for the conservation of each species, treating as equal both those species that occur nowhere outside the country (i.e. national endemics) and those with large ranges that occur in many other countries, and (c) the taxonomic groups considered may differ.
A.4 Proportion of populations within species with an effective population size greater than 500 GBF-INDICATOR-A.4Headline
No data available
Population genetics studies, including effective population size assessments, have not been systematically conducted for most species in Eswatini. Systematic assessment requires genetic sampling, molecular marker analysis, and bioinformatics capacity currently unavailable nationally. As a proxy, the national Red List Index stands at 0.81 (2024), indicating approximately 19% of potential extinction risk realised across assessed species groups.
EN
Target 5.1 By 2030, establish and enhance frameworks for the legal, safe, and sustainable use and trade of wild species, as evidenced by a 50% reduction in illegal trade of wild species and a 50% increase in the number of wild species populations that are sustainably managed. (National)

Eswatini currently has numerous legislations focused on the protection of wild species. These include the Environment Management Act (EMA) of 2002, the Flora Protection Act of 2001, the Swaziland National Trust Commission (SNTC) Act of 1972 as Amended in 1973, and the Game Act of 1991. However, the country has not yet established a dedicated framework for the sustainable use of biodiversity resources. Existing policies, such as seasonal harvesting rules for certain water plants, aim primarily at equitable access rather than ecological sustainability. Culturally, Eswatini practices some controlled hunting of wild game (locally known as Butimba) that seeks to control the populations of species of wild game without placing them at risk of extinction. Likewise local communities have informal control measures to regulate the harvesting of certain wetland plant species such as those used for making handicrafts. These approaches seek to ensure fair and equitable use, while also ensuring the sustainability of the resources. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The country drafted Access and Benefit Sharing Guidelines in 2017. These guidelines and a few other policies and legislation provide protection of wild species and further ensure equitable access to the wild species and the benefits that arise from their utilization. Though sustainable utilization of biodiversity is a goal of many government policies and laws, there are no guidelines that ensure that wild species are sustainably used by communities.

The country has undertaken numerous rehabilitation projects under the Eswatini Environment Fund that aimed at wetland and land rehabilitation/restoration across communities in the country. These projects have a sustainability element as plant species are restored/planted, and communities encouraged to utilise these sustainably and equitably. Under the ABS Guidelines and the Plant Health Protection Act, permits for trade and exports in wild species include quantities which ensures sustainable use.

EN
  • Limited/lack of guidelines for resources access and utilization
  • Export and import permits are granted by the Ministry of Agriculture, whose interest is to enforce the National Plant Health Protection Act of 2020, and not so much species protection and sustainable use.
  • Lack of effective monitoring systems for sustainable resources use biodiversity trade
  • Population growth and socio-economic issues (e.g., high level of poverty and unemployment) tend to impose a high strain on biodiversity resources.
  • Limitation of the National Wildlife Management Policy still being at draft stage.
EN

As highlighted above, the Kingdom has done substantial environmental protection and restoration that has contributed to sustainability through the Eswatini Environment Fund and other national projects such as the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration project. However, the effectiveness of these interventions to sustainability of wild species is unaccounted due to lack of guidelines and frameworks to enable monitoring. 

EN

Effective implementation of this target would contribute towards achieving the following GBF targets: Target 1, Target 4, Target 9, Target 10, and Target 11. Likewise, it would contribute towards the following SDGs:  SDG 12 and SDG 15. 

EN
Indicator Data
5.1 Proportion of fish stocks within biologically sustainable levels GBF-INDICATOR-5.1Headline
No data available
Eswatini currently faces a critical data gap as the most recent ichthyological assessment dates to the 2003–2004 survey period. While that foundational study documented 60 fish species, identifying 11 as being of conservation concern on the national Red Data List, limited specialized resources, including funding and modern survey equipment, have precluded the execution of a contemporary national fish stock assessment during the present reporting window. Consequently, while the historical data provides a vital baseline of Eswatini’s aquatic biodiversity, the lack of recent longitudinal data prevents a precise quantitative report on current biological sustainability levels; however, the country remains committed to seeking the technical and financial partnerships necessary to reactivate these essential monitoring protocols and align with Global Biodiversity Framework requirements.
EN
5.b Number of countries with legal instruments or other policy frameworks for regulating trade in wild species KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-5Binary
For international trade
Target 5.2 By 2030, achieve a 25% reduction in the rate of habitat loss and degradation for at least 50% of wild species populations currently threatened by unsustainable harvesting practices. (National)

Addressing habitat loss and degradation for wild species threatened by unsustainable harvesting requires integrated approaches combining habitat protection, sustainable use management, and alternative livelihoods. Eswatini's protected area system provides core habitat protection for wild species, while ecosystem restoration programmes documented under Target 2 rehabilitate degraded habitats across 122,094.6 hectares, a portfolio that has now exceeded the national 115,000 ha Land Degradation Neutrality target. Conservation management within protected areas operated by ENTC and Big Game Parks includes population monitoring and habitat management for priority wild species, particularly large mammals and birds that face harvesting pressure or habitat loss. However, for most harvested wild species including medicinal plants, fuelwood trees, thatching grass species, and bushmeat mammals’ systematic population monitoring and habitat assessments are not conducted. Traditional governance systems on Swazi Nation Land regulate resource extraction in many areas, though the effectiveness of these systems in preventing habitat degradation and maintaining sustainable harvest levels has not been rigorously evaluated. Livelihood programmes promoting alternative energy sources, improved agricultural productivity, and off-farm income generation aim to reduce harvesting pressure on wild resources, though systematic assessment of their impact on specific species populations has not been undertaken.

EN
Unknown

Data on the population status and trends of wild species populations threatened by unsustainable harvesting are insufficient to confirm progress toward this target. The most heavily harvested species groups medicinal plants, fuelwood trees, thatching grass, and bushmeat species lack systematic population monitoring programmes, meaning that baseline data on population sizes, geographic distributions, and trends are not available for most taxa. Without baseline population data, it is not possible to identify which populations are declining due to harvesting pressure, measure the rate of habitat loss affecting these species, or confirm whether the 25% reduction target for at least 50% of threatened populations is being achieved.

The national Red List Index of 0.81 (2024) provides an aggregate measure of extinction risk across assessed species groups but does not disaggregate by primary threat category (harvesting vs habitat loss vs climate change vs invasive species), limiting its utility for measuring progress specifically against harvesting-related threats. Qualitative evidence suggests that unsustainable harvesting of communal forest and rangeland resources primarily driven by fuelwood extraction, medicinal plant collection, and bushmeat hunting remains a significant threat to biodiversity, particularly in densely populated rural areas where market demand amplifies subsistence pressure. However, translating this qualitative understanding into quantified rates of habitat loss or population decline requires systematic monitoring infrastructure that does not currently exist.

EN
  • The taxa most affected by unsustainable harvesting (plants, invertebrates, smaller vertebrates) lack systematic monitoring programmes
  • Data on the extent and rate of habitat degradation specifically affecting harvested species populations are not compiled
  • Establishing monitoring for the full range of harvested wild species requires taxonomic expertise, field capacity, and financial resources that significantly exceed current availability
  • Causal relationships between harvest levels and population responses are not systematically studied for most species
  • Poverty, limited access to alternative energy sources, dependence on traditional medicine, and market demand for wild species are complex socioeconomic factors that cannot be addressed through conservation management alone
  • Programmes providing alternative energy, improved agriculture, and off-farm income are not systematically linked to wild species conservation objectives
  • Customary resource management on Swazi Nation Land regulates harvesting but lacks formal recognition, technical support, and integration into national conservation frameworks
EN

Protected area management by ENTC and Big Game Parks provides habitat protection for wild species populations within reserve boundaries, reducing both harvesting pressure and habitat loss for species that occur within protected areas. However, many harvested species particularly plants used for medicine, craft materials, and fuelwood occur primarily outside protected areas on communal lands, meaning that protected area management alone is insufficient to address threats from unsustainable use.

EN

Target 5.2 contributes to SDG 15.5 on reducing degradation of natural habitats and preventing extinction of threatened species; SDG 15.2 on promoting sustainable forest management; SDG 7.1 on access to affordable energy (reducing fuelwood harvesting pressure); and SDG 1.4 on ensuring access to natural resources.

EN
Indicator Data
5.1 Proportion of fish stocks within biologically sustainable levels GBF-INDICATOR-5.1Headline
No data available
Eswatini currently faces a critical data gap as the most recent ichthyological assessment dates to the 2003–2004 survey period. While that foundational study documented 60 fish species, identifying 11 as being of conservation concern on the national Red Data List, limited specialized resources, including funding and modern survey equipment, have precluded the execution of a contemporary national fish stock assessment during the present reporting window. Consequently, while the historical data provides a vital baseline of Eswatini’s aquatic biodiversity, the lack of recent longitudinal data prevents a precise quantitative report on current biological sustainability levels; however, the country remains committed to seeking the technical and financial partnerships necessary to reactivate these essential monitoring protocols and align with Global Biodiversity Framework requirements.
EN
5.b Number of countries with legal instruments or other policy frameworks for regulating trade in wild species KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-5Binary
For international trade
Target 5.3 Ensure that at least 50% of local communities have established sustainable wildlife resource use agreements by 2030. (National)

Establishing formal sustainable wildlife resource use agreements between communities and conservation authorities is being pursued through co-management arrangements under the OECM Framework, community benefit-sharing provisions in conservation projects, and landscape-level resource use planning within Integrated Landscape Management Plans. Community-conserved OECMs have governance frameworks that regulate resource use within those areas, representing informal sustainable use arrangements. The Mbuluzi restoration project and SAPEMP include community engagement components addressing natural resource management, providing structures within which sustainable use agreements can be developed.

Traditional authorities on Swazi Nation Land exercise customary regulation of resource access and extraction, representing a form of sustainable use governance that, while not formalised as 'agreements' under national conservation legislation, has a long history and functional effectiveness in many areas. Several community-based organisations engage in wildlife-related enterprises including Butimba, traders in Imphepho (a traditional aromatic plant), and Luphephetse (Umshanyelo, a traditional ceremony involving wild resource use) that implicitly involve sustainable use practices, though formal documented agreements specifying harvest limits and monitoring obligations are not systematically in place.

EN
No significant change

The number of communities with formal documented sustainable wildlife resource use agreements is not known because no national registry or database tracking such agreements exists. While governance frameworks for OECMs and co-management areas provide foundations for sustainable use regulation, the specific element of formal, legally recognised community agreements on wildlife resource use specifying which species can be harvested, in what quantities, during which seasons, by whom, and with what monitoring and enforcement mechanisms has not been developed at scale. Informal and customary resource use arrangements exist widely across Swazi Nation Land and are in many cases effective in moderating resource extraction, but they are not documented in ways that allow national tracking, legal enforceability, or systematic monitoring of sustainability.

The target of 50% of communities with formal agreements by 2030 represents a substantial institutional and governance challenge given the current near absence of formalised documentation. Defining what constitutes a qualifying 'sustainable wildlife resource use agreement’ including minimum standards for specificity, monitoring provisions, and legal recognition has not been undertaken at the national level. 

EN
  • Data on the number and proportion of communities with formal agreements do not exist
  • What constitutes a qualifying 'sustainable wildlife resource use agreement' has not been operationally defined with minimum standards
  • Legal and policy frameworks specifically governing community wildlife resource use agreements are underdeveloped
  • Even where informal arrangements exist, enforcement of sustainable harvest limits and sanctions for violations are often inadequate
  • Communities may not perceive compelling benefits from formalising existing informal arrangements, particularly if formalisation involves administrative burden without commensurate advantages
  • Negotiating, documenting, and implementing formal agreements requires facilitation, legal expertise, and technical support that many communities and authorities lack
  • Customary resource management systems on Swazi Nation Land regulate use but lack formal legal status under national conservation law
  • One-size-fits-all agreement templates may not be appropriate for the diversity of community governance structures, resource types, and local conditions
EN

The Shewula Community Nature Reserve operates under a community governance framework that regulates resource use within the reserve while maintaining community access for certain traditional purposes. While not formally documented as a 'sustainable wildlife resource use agreement' meeting national standards, the Shewula model demonstrates the viability of community-led resource governance that balances conservation with customary use. The governance structure includes community-elected leadership, transparent decision-making processes, and benefit-sharing from eco-tourism that creates economic incentives for conservation. With appropriate institutional support, this model could be formalised and documented as a qualifying agreement.

Butimba and other community-based organisations engaging with wild resources for traditional and commercial purposes demonstrate that communities are actively managing wildlife resources, though these arrangements have not been systematically documented or formalised into agreements meeting national conservation standards. Establishing a facilitation programme to support communities in translating existing informal governance systems into formal, legally recognised agreements would accelerate progress toward the 50% target.

EN

Target 5.3 contributes to SDG 15 on enhancing global support for communities in protecting and sustainably using wildlife; SDG 1.4 on ensuring equal rights to natural resources; SDG 2.3 on doubling agricultural productivity of small-scale food producers (including wild food harvesting); and SDG 16.7 on ensuring responsive, inclusive, participatory, and representative decision-making.

EN
Indicator Data
5.1 Proportion of fish stocks within biologically sustainable levels GBF-INDICATOR-5.1Headline
No data available
Eswatini currently faces a critical data gap as the most recent ichthyological assessment dates to the 2003–2004 survey period. While that foundational study documented 60 fish species, identifying 11 as being of conservation concern on the national Red Data List, limited specialized resources, including funding and modern survey equipment, have precluded the execution of a contemporary national fish stock assessment during the present reporting window. Consequently, while the historical data provides a vital baseline of Eswatini’s aquatic biodiversity, the lack of recent longitudinal data prevents a precise quantitative report on current biological sustainability levels; however, the country remains committed to seeking the technical and financial partnerships necessary to reactivate these essential monitoring protocols and align with Global Biodiversity Framework requirements.
EN
5.b Number of countries with legal instruments or other policy frameworks for regulating trade in wild species KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-5Binary
For international trade
Target 6.1 By 2030, reduce the rate of invasive alien species establishment by 50% through effective biosecurity measures and public awareness campaigns. (National)

Eswatini does not yet have formal biosecurity legislation specifically controlling the introduction of new alien species, including invasive risk assessment protocols for plant imports and live organism trade. In the absence of a dedicated legal framework, prevention of new invasive alien species (IAS) introductions relies on ad hoc measures including informal awareness-raising through conservation projects, community workshops, and targeted educational programmes in schools and communities. Public awareness campaigns have been conducted by the Department of Forestry in collaboration with Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA), ENTC, and municipalities including as part of the Ezulwini Municipality IAPS Management Strategy 2025, but these are project-based and not coordinated nationally under a unified communication strategy. There are also private sector (e.g Montigny, Shiselweni Forestry Company, Ubombo Sugar Limited etc) interventions and management systems, as well as project based initiatives like the Mbuluzi Ecosystem Restoration activities and other community-based programmes, including the commercialization and certification of wattle. These efforts are aligned to the Eswatini Government's Programme of Action (2024/2025- 2028/2029). 

No formal early detection and rapid response (EDRR) system has been established. Reporting of new invasive species occurrences occurs opportunistically through protected area managers, farmers, and alert community members, but without a standardised protocol, central database, or institutional trigger for coordinated response. The 2010 IAPS Survey documented priority invasive alien plant species including Lantana camara, Chromolaena odorata, Solanum mauritianum, Tithonia diversifolia, Acacia mearnsii, and Eucalyptus spp. affecting approximately 80% of Eswatini's land area (Table 13), providing the primary national baseline but with no systematic subsequent monitoring of new introductions or spread.

Table 13. Baseline infestation (2010 IAPS survey)[1]

IAPS SpeciesTotal Area Invaded (ha)Average Density (%)Estimated Clearing Cost (SZL)
Lantana camara819,3104.90144,575,175
Chromolaena odorata584,12010.16213,596,360
Acacia mearnsii (Black Wattle)451,5717.40120,321,027
Solanum mauritianum294,9601.9520,687,177
Pinus spp.135,97214.3770,354,094
Eucalyptus spp.133,92014.0967,938,052
Tithonia diversifoliaNot availableNot availableNot available
TOTAL (All Species)1,385,337 (80% of land area)13.35665,982,097


 


[1] Ian Kotzé et al., Surveying and Mapping the Distribution and Intensity of Infestation of Selected Category 1 Invasive Alien Plant Species in Swaziland (Pretoria, South Africa, 2010).

EN
No significant change

Progress on reducing the rate of IAS establishment has been minimal due to the absence of a functional biosecurity framework. No data are available on the current annual rate of new invasive species introductions, as no monitoring system has been established to detect, record, and report new establishments. The 2010 IAPS survey (Table 13 and Figure 3) provides a species list and distribution baseline, but subsequent systematic surveillance for new introductions has not been conducted, meaning the trajectory of IAS arrival rates cannot be assessed. While awareness-raising activities have been conducted at project and local levels, no impact evaluation of these efforts has been undertaken, and national-level understanding of IAS risks among importers, traders, and the public remains largely unquantified.

Commercial farms, ranches and estates (including sugar, timber and cattle operations) undertake their own invasive plant clearing programmes to protect water infrastructure, grazing and plantation productivity; these efforts are often not fully captured in national statistics but represent significant area coverage and expenditure. National discourse is increasingly emphasising the need for structured public–private partnerships for catchment‑scale IAPS management, including proposals for catchment investment programmes and environmental service fees, where downstream industries (e.g. hydropower, agro‑processors, manufacturers) co‑finance upstream clearing[1].

Table 14. Baseline infestation (2010 IAPS survey)[2]

IAPS Species

Total Area Invaded (ha)

Average Density (%)

Estimated Clearing Cost (SZL)

Lantana camara

819,310

4.90

144,575,175

Chromolaena odorata

584,120

10.16

213,596,360

Acacia mearnsii (Black Wattle)

451,571

7.40

120,321,027

Solanum mauritianum

294,960

1.95

20,687,177

Pinus spp.

135,972

14.37

70,354,094

Eucalyptus spp.

133,920

14.09

67,938,052

Tithonia diversifolia

Not available

Not available

Not available

TOTAL (All Species)

1,385,337 (80% of land area)

13.35

665,982,097

 

 

a)

b)

c)

d)

Figure 3. Densities of the different IAPS as of 2010 a) Bugweed, b) Chromolaena, c) Eucalyptus and d) Lantana

The severity of existing invasions with priority species already affecting 80% of the land area[3] indicates that prevention was insufficient in preceding decades and that current IAS populations represent an entrenched problem. This context underlines the urgency of establishing formal biosecurity measures: without legislation, risk assessment protocols, and border inspection capacity for plant material, the pathway for new introductions remains open.


 


[1] https://www.insidebiz.co.sz/eswatini-needs-e1-2-billion-to-clear-alien-plants-threatening-water-agriculture-and-ecosystems/

[2] Ian Kotzé et al., Surveying and Mapping the Distribution and Intensity of Infestation of Selected Category 1 Invasive Alien Plant Species in Swaziland (Pretoria, South Africa, 2010).

[3] MTEA, National Strategy for the Control and Management of Invasive Alien Plant Species (202-2030) (Mbabane, Eswatini, 2020).

EN
  • The most fundamental challenge is the absence of biosecurity legislation and associated institutional infrastructure. Without legal provisions mandating invasive risk assessments for plant imports and live organism trade, border inspection capacity, and defined responsibilities for IAS prevention, there is no systematic mechanism to intercept potentially invasive species before they enter the country. Establishing this framework requires inter-agency coordination across the Ministry of Agriculture, customs authorities, and the EEA agencies that do not currently operate integrated IAS prevention protocols.
  • Compounding this, the country lacks a monitoring system to detect new IAS establishments at early stages when management is most cost-effective. The 2010 survey represents a decade-old baseline with no subsequent comprehensive update, leaving unknown the number and distribution of species that have been introduced since that date. Financial and human resource constraints limit the ability to establish and maintain an EDRR system, while the existing severe burden of managing established invasions affecting 80% of land absorbs the limited resources available for IAS-related work.
EN

The GEF-7 Mbuluzi project is currently implementing the control of IAPS and this will be documented in the 8th national reporting cycle.

EN

Target 6.1 directly advances SDG 15.8 on preventing and significantly reducing the impact of invasive alien species on land and water ecosystems, and SDG 2.4 on sustainable food production through the protection of agricultural land and rangeland productivity from invasive species.

EN
Indicator Data
6.1 Rate of invasive alien species establishment GBF-INDICATOR-6.1Headline
No data available
No national monitoring system for rate of new IAS establishment exists. 2010 IAPS Survey documented 336 priority species; GRIIS (2018-2020) now shows 340 species, but annual establishment rate has not been calculated. No border inspection records or early detection reporting protocols are in place nationally. IAS affect ~80% of national land area.
EN
6.b Number of countries adopting relevant regulations, processes and measures to reduce the impact of invasive alien species KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-6Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 6.2 By 2030, implement the National Invasive Alien Plant Species (IAPS) Strategy through strengthened collaboration among key actors and sufficient resource allocation, resulting in a 50% reduction in the abundance, temporal occurrence, and spatial distribution of invasive alien plant species in risk areas. (National)

Eswatini has an adopted National Invasive Alien Plant Species (IAPS) Strategy and has undertaken control activities at site and landscape levels, but implementation remains at an early-to-intermediate stage constrained primarily by financial limitations and the absence of a national IAPS clearance database. The 2010 IAPS Survey provides the primary national baseline, documenting the distribution and density of six priority invasive alien plant species affecting approximately 80% of land area, with site-specific data on infestation extent and estimated clearance costs.

Site-level control efforts have been undertaken in specific landscapes and by institutions: the Lusushwana pilot catchment has approximately 80 hectares under active IAPS management, with roughly 25% cleared and under early restoration. The Ezulwini Municipality IAPS Management Strategy 2025 represents a sophisticated local implementation effort, incorporating spatial mapping of invasion hotspots, ecologically prioritised control zones, and coordination with the OECM Framework to protect peri-urban (rural areas lying close to urban areas) biodiversity. Additional control activities are occurring on community lands, private estates, and by municipalities across the country, but these data have not been aggregated at national level and a comprehensive inventory of active IAPS management does not currently exist.

EN
No significant change

While the National IAPS Strategy provides a policy foundation and site-level control work is demonstrably occurring, no evidence is currently available of a reduction in IAPS abundance, temporal occurrence, or spatial distribution at national scale. The absence of a national IAPS clearance database means that the cumulative area under active management cannot be compiled, and the lack of systematic monitoring since the 2010 baseline makes it impossible to assess whether control efforts are keeping pace with, or falling behind, the ongoing spread of invasive species. The 2030 target of a 50% reduction in IAPS in risk areas is therefore not currently on track, and the magnitude of the gap cannot be quantified without updated national monitoring data.

The challenge of scale is fundamental: with priority IAPS affecting 80% of land area, achieving a meaningful population-level reduction by 2030 would require a coordinated, adequately financed national programme operating across all land tenure types simultaneously. Current resources and coordination levels fall well short of this requirement, as reflected in Table 15, which summarises the current state of data availability for key IAPS indicators.

Table 15. Summary of IAPS data availability.

IndicatorStatusFindingsSource
Rate of IAS establishment (new species/year)Not available336 species in GRIIS (2018–2020), now 340; no annual rate calculatedinsidebiz
Area under active IAPS management (ha)PartialEzulwini Municipality: 10.3 ha (2024/25); Historical Project A340: >50,000 ha (terminated, regrew); No national consolidated dataEswatini-National-Strategy-for-the-Control-and-Management-of-Invasive-Alien-Plant-Species-2020-2.pdfezulwini
Trends in abundance & spatial distributionQualitative only2010 baseline: 80% invaded; 2025 estimate: 95% at risk; No quantitative time-series or GIS datainsidebiz
Shapefiles/geospatial dataNot publicly availableSome datasets exist internally (land cover, protected areas, IAPS 2010 survey) but not published or accessible via data portalcloud.gbif

 

EN
  • The absence of a national IAPS clearance database is the primary institutional obstacle to implementing and monitoring this target. Data on IAPS management activities exist at the level of individual projects, protected areas, and municipalities, but there is no mechanism to aggregate, validate, and report these figures in a way that allows national-level progress assessment. Without this database, it is not possible to calculate the total area under active management, assess the rate of re-infestation in cleared areas, or identify geographic gaps in control coverage. There is an ongoing process to source funding and resources to develop a National Forestry Information Management System which will integrate the IAPS clearance database.
  • Financial constraints represent the second major challenge. The scale of IAPS infestations across 80% of land area requires substantial and sustained investment in mechanical, chemical, and biological control over many years, combined with active revegetation of cleared areas to prevent re-invasion. 
  • Current project-based and municipal-level funding is insufficient for landscape-scale operations. The absence of legislation governing the introduction of new alien species further allows new IAS to enter the country unchecked, potentially undermining control efforts in already-cleared areas. Inter-agency collaboration between ENTC, EEA, municipalities, traditional authorities, private landowners, and agricultural authorities require formalisation through a dedicated national coordination mechanism.
EN

The Ezulwini Municipality IAPS Management Strategy 2025 is the most comprehensive documented example of local IAPS implementation in Eswatini. The strategy demonstrates how spatial mapping, ecological prioritisation, and integration with broader land use planning can be combined to create an operationally effective local programme. By mapping IAPS hotspots and designating control zones according to ecological sensitivity, the strategy directs limited resources to areas where control will have the highest biodiversity return. Coordination with the OECM Framework ensures that cleared peri-urban (rural areas lying close to urban) areas are managed for biodiversity conservation rather than simply left to natural revegetation, potentially allowing invasion by a different suite of species. This municipal model provides a template for replication by other urban authorities.

EN

Target 6.2 contributes to SDG 15.8 on reducing invasive alien species impacts on terrestrial ecosystems; SDG 2.3 on doubling agricultural productivity, given that IAPS represent a major constraint on rangeland and cropland productivity; and SDG 6.6 on protecting and restoring water-related ecosystems, as IAPS degradation of riparian zones is a significant threat to freshwater biodiversity.

EN
Indicator Data
6.1 Rate of invasive alien species establishment GBF-INDICATOR-6.1Headline
No data available
No national monitoring system for rate of new IAS establishment exists. 2010 IAPS Survey documented 336 priority species; GRIIS (2018-2020) now shows 340 species, but annual establishment rate has not been calculated. No border inspection records or early detection reporting protocols are in place nationally. IAS affect ~80% of national land area.
EN
6.b Number of countries adopting relevant regulations, processes and measures to reduce the impact of invasive alien species KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-6Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 7.1 By 2030, reduce pesticide use by 60% compared to baseline levels, focusing on phasing out highly hazardous pesticides and promoting integrated pest management (IPM) practices in agricultural production. (National)

Eswatini remains a net importer of agrochemicals, with a high dependency on the South African market. Over the last ten years, pesticide usage intensity has shown a gradual upward trend, reaching approximately 2.40 kg per hectare of cropland by 2023 (Table 13). This intensity reflects the country’s focus on high-yield sugarcane and timber production, which require significant chemical inputs. While herbicides constitute the largest share of imports by volume, insecticides for retail sale also represent a steady portion of the import bill, valued at roughly $1.8 million annually as of 2023.

Table 16. Pesticide Import and Usage Trends (2016–2026).

IndicatorData (c. 2023-2024)Primary Origins10-Year Trend Note
Total Pesticide Imports~$15.8 Million (USD)South Africa (94%), China, BrazilIncreased by ~14% in value over the decade.
Usage Intensity2.40 kg/haN/AConsistent rise from ~2.20 kg/ha in 2016 to 2.40 kg/ha.
Insecticides (Retail)$1.80 Million (234 tons)South Africa, Brazil, BelgiumStable imports; high use in residential & small-scale farming.
Herbicides/Growth Reg.$4.01 Million (USD)South Africa, ChinaGrowth driven by commercial forestry and sugar estates.

The country has moreover pursued pesticide reduction indirectly through broader sustainable agriculture programmes, with integrated pest management (IPM) promoted as a component of conservation agriculture extension services provided by the Ministry of Agriculture. The adoption of conservation agriculture increased significantly from 9,575 farmers in 2016 to 14,500 farmers by 2021, representing a national effort to mainstream sustainable farming practices that inherently reduce pesticide dependency through crop diversification, natural pest predator conservation, and reduced tillage systems that maintain soil ecology. Additionally, the National Conservation Agriculture Initiative[1], has placed 250 hectares under conservation agriculture practices that contribute to ecosystem restoration objectives by reducing soil erosion, improving soil health, and maintaining vegetation cover on degraded agricultural land.

The SAPEMP project (2024-ongoing), implemented by the Ministry of Agriculture with IFAD, Green Climate Fund, and Government of Eswatini support, includes a strong focus on sustainable intensification that incorporates IPM as a core technical component. Extension services provide farmer training on biological pest control, crop rotation sequences, permaculture, companion planting, and threshold-based decision-making that reduces prophylactic pesticide application. University of Eswatini agricultural research programmes and NGOs promote organic agriculture and IPM principles through demonstration plots and farmer field schools. However, no formal national IPM strategy document has been developed or adopted, and IPM promotion occurs through project-based and decentralised extension rather than as a coordinated national programme.


 


[1] Ministry of Agriculture Annual Report (2026)

EN
No significant change

The 60% reduction in synthetic pesticide use by 2030 cannot currently be confirmed or measured because baseline data on national pesticide sales, imports, and usage rates by crop and region are not systematically compiled. The Ministry of Agriculture does not maintain a national pesticide use database and import statistics from customs are not disaggregated in a format that allows analysis of pesticide volume trends. Without baseline usage data, it is not possible to confirm whether the expansion of conservation agriculture and SAPEMP's IPM training are translating into measurable reductions in synthetic pesticide application at farm level.

While 14,500 farmers practicing conservation agriculture by 2021 represents meaningful progress in sustainable agriculture adoption, this figure constitutes a minority of Eswatini's estimated 70,000+ smallholder farming households, meaning that most farmers continue to rely on conventional practices that may include pesticide use. IPM knowledge and capacity among extension officers is variable, with training having been provided to some cohorts under specific projects (Table 15) but not systematically institutionalised across the national extension service.

 

Table 15. IPM training programs in Eswatini.

Programme/Project NameImplementing OrganizationStatusStart YearEnd YearFarmers Trained/ Planned Geographic FocusKey ActivitiesFunding SourceTarget Beneficiary GroupsGender Integration
CSA Training - FAO TCP/SWA/3603FAO / MOA / Ministry of EducationCompleted

2017

2019

1300

20 high schools, 6 tertiary institutions, 20 youth groups (National)Conservation agriculture (CA), Agroforestry (AF), CSA demonstrations, market-oriented trainingFAO TCP/SWA/3603 (USD 263,000)School children, out-of-school youth, teachersYes - gender-sensitive approach
Increasing Farmer Resilience to Climate Change - CSMA ProjectMinistry of Agriculture / UNDP / EU GCCA+Completed

2018

2022

1500

Smallholder Irrigation Schemes (SIS) and ENLCSA awareness training, CA practices, mechanized demonstrations, farmer field days (500), exchange visitsEU GCCA+ / UNDPSmallholder farmers (65% women, 10% youth target)Yes - 65% women target
MOA Extension - Pest Management TrainingMinistry of AgricultureOngoing

2017

Ongoing

534

National extension programmePest management training, integrated pest management, seasonal extension trainingGovernment of EswatiniExtension farmers, general farming communitiesNot specified
IFAD FINCLUDE Project - IPM ComponentIFAD / Ministry of AgricultureCompleted

2020

2024

68+

Smallholder farming communitiesIntegrated pest management training, climate-smart agriculture, good agricultural practicesIFAD Financial Inclusion & Cluster DevelopmentSmallholder farmers, women, youth groupsYes - women and youth focus
FAO Climate-Smart Agriculture Support ProgrammeFAOActive

2019

Ongoing

118+

NationalCSA techniques, production handling and marketing of horticultural crops, IPM in GAP packageFAOFarming households, youth, womenYes - women and youth
Fall Armyworm IPM ProgrammeFAO / Ministry of AgricultureActive

2019

Ongoing

Multiple (ongoing)

Maize-producing regions nationallyFall armyworm detection and management, IPPM strategies, farmer trainingFAOMaize farmers, smallholdersNot specified
MOA Strategic Plan - Farming with Communities InitiativeMinistry of Agriculture / NMC / EWADEPlanned

2024

2028

30000

Maize belt - 30,000ha ENL (30 000 farmers)Productivity improvement (2MT/ha target), improved agronomic practices, liming programme (6M budget)Government + Development Partners (E307M estimated)ENL farmers, commercial farmers, men and womenYes - inclusive
Market-Oriented Production Training ProgrammeMinistry of Agriculture / FAOOngoing

2017

Ongoing

109

High schools, youth groups, market outlets (Siteki, Manzini, Mahlanya)Market-oriented production, post-harvest handling, quality produce standards trainingFAO TCP/SWA/3603 and MoATeachers, youth leaders, smallholder farmersYes - youth leaders included
Smallholder Vegetable Farming SupportMinistry of Agriculture / Research InstitutionsOngoing

2018

Ongoing

Multiple regions

Shiselweni Region and irrigated schemesVegetable production, profitability improvement, input management (pest/disease control)Government / Research InstitutionsVegetable farmers, smallholdersNot specified
NAMBoard Incubation Project - Youth Agriculture EnterpriseNAMBoard / Ministry of AgriculturePlanned/Implementation

2024

2034

100

Ngwempisi Farm (NAMBoard) - National scaleVegetable production (tunnels/shade nets - CSA), pest management training, market linkagesENIDC (E111.75M capital funding)Youth (20-35 years), vegetable producersYes - youth-focused, inclusive
EN
  • No national monitoring system tracks pesticide sales, imports, or application rates, making it impossible to measure whether usage is declining
  • IPM promotion is project-based rather than institutionalised as a comprehensive national agricultural policy framework
  • Training in IPM principles has been provided inconsistently; many extension officers lack the technical knowledge to deliver effective IPM training to farmers
  • Cultural beliefs and aggressive marketing by agrochemical companies create resistance to IPM adoption, particularly where pest pressure is high
  • The market for biological alternatives (beneficial insects, biopesticides, botanical extracts) is underdeveloped, limiting farmer access to IPM tools
  • Site-specific IPM recommendations for Eswatini's major crops and agro-ecological zones are not comprehensively developed, forcing extension officers to adapt generic guidance
  • Highly toxic pesticide products remain legally available and marketed, undermining IPM adoption incentives
EN

The SAPEMP project's farmer field school approach demonstrates effective IPM knowledge transfer methodology. By establishing demonstration plots within farming communities where farmers can observe pest management outcomes under controlled comparisons chemical vs biological vs integrated approaches the programme builds farmer confidence in IPM effectiveness through experiential learning rather than theoretical instruction alone. This participatory model has proven more persuasive than extension lectures in shifting farmer attitudes toward reduced chemical dependency.

EN

Target 7.1 contributes to SDG 2.4 on sustainable food production systems that maintain ecosystems and progressively improve land and soil quality; SDG 3.9 on reducing deaths and illnesses from hazardous chemicals; and SDG 12.4 on achieving environmentally sound management of chemicals throughout their life cycle.

EN
Indicator Data
7.1 Index of coastal eutrophication GBF-INDICATOR-7.1Headline
Not relevant
Not a coastal country
EN
7.2 Pesticide environment concentration and/or aggregated total applied toxicity GBF-INDICATOR-7.2Headline
No data available
The reporting on pesticide environmental concentration and aggregated total applied toxicity for Eswatini is currently constrained by a significant data gap, as national nutrient loss to freshwater systems, specifically total nitrogen and phosphorus loads from agricultural, urban, and industrial sources, has not yet been quantified. While localized river water quality data on nutrient concentrations exist for select catchments, these measurements have not been translated into formalized annual load estimates or used to establish a standardized national baseline. To meet the requirements of the 60% reduction target, it is imperative that the country conducts a comprehensive national nutrient budget and load assessment; this foundational study will bridge the gap between existing raw water quality data and the systematic spatial monitoring needed to accurately track and report on chemical and nutrient runoff across the Kingdom's diverse ecosystems.
EN
Target 7.2 By 2030, reduce nutrient losses (e.g., nitrogen and phosphorus) from agricultural sources by 60% compared to baseline levels through improved nutrient management practices, including precision agriculture, cover cropping, and wetland restoration. (National)

Nutrient loss reduction in Eswatini is being pursued through conservation agriculture promotion, improved manure management, erosion control measures in catchments, and limited wastewater treatment infrastructure development in urban areas. The expansion of conservation agriculture to 14,500 farmers by 2021 includes technical components targeting nutrient retention including cover cropping, mulching, reduced tillage, and contour farming that reduce both soil erosion and the associated loss of nutrients from agricultural land. The Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project and SAPEMP include soil conservation and sustainable land management interventions that address nutrient runoff from degraded agricultural lands.

Urban wastewater management infrastructure exists in Eswatini's major urban centres Mbabane, Manzini, and several smaller towns but treatment capacity is limited and many peri-urban (rural areas lying close to urban areas) and informal settlements lack connection to sewerage systems, resulting in untreated or partially treated wastewater discharge to rivers. Industrial effluent from sugar mills, pulp and paper operations, and textile manufacturing contributes additional nutrient loads to freshwater systems, with compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Eswatini Environment Authority ongoing but constrained by limited capacity. River water quality monitoring conducted by the Joint River Basin Authorities provides some data on nutrient concentrations in major rivers, though monitoring coverage is not comprehensive across all catchments and monitoring frequency is limited by resource constraints.

EN
No significant change

Baseline data on nutrient loss to the environment measured as total nitrogen and phosphorus loads entering freshwater systems from agricultural runoff, urban wastewater, and industrial effluent are not systematically compiled at national level. While river water quality monitoring detects elevated nutrient concentrations in certain catchments, these data have not been translated into quantified annual nutrient loads or used to establish a trend against which the 60% reduction target can be measured. The absence of baseline nutrient load estimates means that progress cannot currently be confirmed.

Wastewater treatment infrastructure deficits are well documented, with significant proportions of populations of urban and rural areas lying close to urban areas lacking access to improved sanitation and sewerage connection. Where treatment plants exist, operational performance is often suboptimal due to aging infrastructure, inadequate maintenance, and capacity exceedance. The combination of incomplete sanitation coverage and underperforming treatment infrastructure means that nutrient discharge from urban wastewater remains a significant and likely increasing pressure on freshwater ecosystems, particularly in the Manzini-Matsapha industrial corridor and the Mbabane-Ezulwini urban belt.

EN
  • Total nitrogen and phosphorus inputs to freshwater systems from all sources have not been quantified, preventing measurement of reduction progress
  • Coverage gaps in sewerage systems and underperformance of existing treatment plants result in high nutrient discharge to rivers
  • Significant urban populations and rural populations lying close to urban areas rely on pit latrines, septic systems, or open defecation, contributing to nutrient pollution
  • Many farmers lack knowledge and resources for precision nutrient application, soil testing, and manure composting that would reduce excess fertiliser use and runoff
  • Compliance monitoring for industrial nutrient discharge is inconsistent; enforcement actions for violations are infrequent
  • Monitoring frequency and spatial coverage are insufficient to comprehensively assess nutrient trends across all catchments
  • Interventions addressing nutrient pollution are fragmented across agriculture, sanitation, and industrial regulation without a coordinated framework
EN

The Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project's erosion control interventions in the upper catchment demonstrate the linkage between land degradation and nutrient pollution. By stabilising eroding slopes through vegetation restoration, terracing, and gully rehabilitation, the project reduces sediment transport carrying adsorbed nutrients into downstream river systems. Early results from restored sub-catchments indicate measurable reductions in turbidity and suspended sediment concentrations during storm events, serving as a proxy for reduced nutrient loading.

EN

Target 7.2 contributes to SDG 6.3 on improving water quality by reducing pollution, eliminating dumping, and minimising release of hazardous chemicals and materials; SDG 14.1 on preventing and significantly reducing marine pollution of all kinds, particularly from land-based activities; and SDG 2.4 on sustainable food production that maintains ecosystems.

EN
Indicator Data
7.1 Index of coastal eutrophication GBF-INDICATOR-7.1Headline
Not relevant
Not a coastal country
EN
7.2 Pesticide environment concentration and/or aggregated total applied toxicity GBF-INDICATOR-7.2Headline
No data available
The reporting on pesticide environmental concentration and aggregated total applied toxicity for Eswatini is currently constrained by a significant data gap, as national nutrient loss to freshwater systems, specifically total nitrogen and phosphorus loads from agricultural, urban, and industrial sources, has not yet been quantified. While localized river water quality data on nutrient concentrations exist for select catchments, these measurements have not been translated into formalized annual load estimates or used to establish a standardized national baseline. To meet the requirements of the 60% reduction target, it is imperative that the country conducts a comprehensive national nutrient budget and load assessment; this foundational study will bridge the gap between existing raw water quality data and the systematic spatial monitoring needed to accurately track and report on chemical and nutrient runoff across the Kingdom's diverse ecosystems.
EN
Target 7.3 By 2030, eliminate single-use plastics and reduce plastic waste by 60% compared to baseline levels through policy interventions, consumer education, and infrastructure development for waste management and recycling. (National)

The country made a great stride towards eliminating single use plastics and reducing plastic waste nationally. Eswatini announced a ban on single use plastics as of the 1st of December 2024. However, the ban was suspended by Parliament for seven years as of April 2025, stemming from concerns over the lack of biodegradable alternatives and pressure from local industry stakeholders. Despite this pause, the government remains focused on addressing plastic pollution. Prior to that, the country adopted the Control of Plastic Bags Regulations of 2021 which has been the key vehicle towards the ban. The main aim of the regulations is reducing plastic pollution by regulating the manufacture, import, and use of plastic bags, particularly those under 24 micrometres. This is to be done through a phased ban on thin bags, a mandatory levy on plastics, and a shift towards sustainable alternatives. 

Other actions undertaken by the Kingdom through the EEA is the ‘Phatsa Sakho Nawe’ campaign, a drive aimed at promoting reusable bags. EEA has also pioneered the establishment of buyback centres at strategic high waste generation nodes across the country, aimed at improving circular waste economy and management.

EN
On track to achieve target

Plastic waste remains a significant problem with limited recycling infrastructure. The total plastic waste generated over the years shows an increase from 22,754 tons in 2013 to 60,310 tons in 2023, which is about 17% increase (Figure 4). The waste is predominantly PE and PP (Figure 5), reflecting that these polymers were the bulk of what went on the market. The waste composition curve (Figure 6) shows PE and PP rising markedly, while PS, PVC, PET, PUR contribute only modestly. In other words, the polymer mix of discarded plastic mirrors the POM mix, since most waste derives from the largest consumption items. For example, lightweight polyethylene bags and wraps constitute a large share of the waste. PVC and PET appear in waste as well (mainly from discarded pipes and bottles), but their absolute tonnage is much smaller. There was a slight deep in total plastic waste generated in 2020 which aligned with the economic shutdown brought by COVID-19. On recycling, there is a data gap when it comes to the collection of recycling rates in Eswatini. In the Kingdom, 17% of waste produced is formally collected, and this is dominantly in the urban areas. Recycled plastics in the country comes from the 17% of collected waste, making its recycling to be low. According to the Central Statistics Office, 17.4% of generated waste in Eswatini is plastic waste, and only 29% of waste generated annually in Eswatini is recycled[1].

Title: A graph of a number of people

AI-generated content may be incorrect.

Figure 4. Plastic waste generation per market sector

Figure 5. Type of plastic waste generated.

 

Figure 6. Plastic waste generation per market sector.

 

Eswatini has implemented a phased strategy to eliminate single-use plastics, transitioning from voluntary campaigns and levies to a comprehensive national ban. These efforts are primarily led by the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) in collaboration with the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs and international partners like the UNDP. This is being achieved through the following;

Legislative Bans and Regulations – The country introduced the total ban on single-use plastic carrier bags, which came to effect on the 1st of December 2024. Through the ban, Eswatini officially banned the sale or free distribution of all single-use plastic shopping bags. In addition, the country adopted the Control of Plastic Bags Regulations of 2021. This legal framework prohibits the manufacture, import, or use of plastic bags with a wall thickness of less than 24 micrometres. Lastly, from the 1st of August 2023, the country adopted new licensing requirements that stipulate that any manufacture or importation of regulated plastic bags requires a specific license issued by the EEA. 

Economic Instruments (Plastic Levies) - Prior to the total ban, the EEA introduced a phased approach using price signals through plastic bag levy. Retailers were required to charge a levy on plastic bags to discourage demand among consumers. Fees were set at 20 cents for bags of at least 30 micrometres/24 litres and 35 cents for larger or thicker bags. While the levy initially reduced consumption, it becomes ‘price inelastic’ over time as consumers eventually accept the small cost. This necessitated the move to a total ban for single use plastics. 

Strategic Campaigns and Initiatives – The ‘Phatsa Sakho Nawe’ campaign which was launched in December 2020 is a ‘Bring Your Own Bag’ initiative which was reported to successfully reduce single-use bag distribution by 60% during its pilot phase. The EEA continues to sensitize consumers through the campaign. Another initiative is the Eswatini Zero Plastic Contamination Initiative, which is a project implemented with Women Unlimited to advocate for plastic bans while empowering rural women to produce sustainable alternatives, such as bags made from grass or textile waste. Lastly, the EEA has the EEA has worked closely with the Eswatini Standards Authority (ESWASA) to develop technical specifications for eco-friendly, socially responsible reusable bags to ensure high-quality alternatives are available post-ban. 

Broader Waste Management Efforts – EEA has developed a National Solid Waste Management Strategy (NSWMS), a framework that prioritizes waste minimization, reuse, and recycling over disposal. Other waste management efforts include the ongoing Waste for Livelihoods initiatives which are focused on bottle recycling and community clean-up drives. These include the ‘Go Out & Pick It Up’ call to action, which is aimed at addressing existing plastic litter in rural areas, both remote and the densely populated areas close to urban areas.


 


[1] Central Statistic Office, “Waste Characterisation in Eswatini,” Mbabane, Eswatini, 2022.

EN
  • A lack of robust waste collection, sorting, and recycling facilities leads to significant, unmanaged, or improperly dumped waste.
  • Changing deeply ingrained consumer habits regarding waste disposal and the use of plastic bags presents a big task.
  • In Eswatini there are few formal recycling plants; collection of recyclables is largely undertaken by informal waste pickers. Rural areas rely on open burning or backyard pits.
  • Limited research on specific, local plastic pollution types makes it difficult to design effective, targeted, and cost-effective management solutions. A waste characterization study undertaken by EEA provides baseline generation rates but does not estimate national plastic debris density in key ecosystems (rivers/wetlands) or a national recycling rate specific to plastics.
  • Despite initiatives, enforcement of single-use plastic ban and other instruments remains weak, especially in informal markets. Implementation of the plastic bag ban requires monitoring of manufacturers and importers; small retailers may continue using banned bags due to lack of compliance and awareness.
  • Lack of formal recycling schemes, e.g. EPRs
  • Unavailability of a national waste collection system to cater for the rural areas where approximately 70% of the population reside. Up to 96% of rural households may rely on burning or burying plastics due to a lack of formal waste collection systems. 
  • The high cost of sustainable, biodegradable alternatives compared to cheap, single-use plastic hinders adoption.
EN

The ‘Phatsa Sakho Nawe’ campaign (2020–2022) – Launched in December 2020 by the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) and the UNDP Accelerator Lab, this campaign piloted a voluntary, then mandatory, removal of plastic bags in major retail stores. The initiative, which involved major supermarkets (SPAR, OK Foods, and Pick 'n Pay) resulted in a 60% reduction in single-use plastic bag distribution in the country. The campaign successfully shifted consumer behaviour, with shoppers increasingly bringing their own reusable bags or carrying items by hand. 

Ban on Single-Use Plastic Bags (2024–2025) – Building on the success of the campaign, the government announced a total ban on all single-use plastic carrier bags from 1st of December 2024. The ban led to a proactive shift in the industry, with plastic producers adjusting their production lines ahead of time. The ban created new market opportunities for local women and SMEs producing eco-friendly alternatives (e.g., grass-woven bags, cloth bags). Early reports showed a decrease in plastic waste in rangelands, reducing mortality rates among livestock that previously ingested dumped plastics. 

Regulatory action through the Control of Plastic Bags Regulations (2021) – These regulations required a licensing system for the manufacturing, importation, and use of plastic bags. The regulations introduced a levy, creating a ‘cost shock’ in the short run that deterred consumers from taking plastic bags. The levy has been effective, although studies noted that in the long run, it becomes price-inelastic, justifying the move toward a complete ban for maximum impact.

Grassroots and local community initiatives – The Women-Led Recycling initiative led by Women Unlimited organization, in partnership with the EEA, has focused on empowering women in waste management, turning plastic waste into income through recycling enterprises. There has also been youth engagement by the EEA through environmental education, such as performances local primary schools, to educate the public on the dangers of plastic waste, focusing on long-term behavioural change. 

Future-oriented waste management (2025–2026) – The government is advancing the Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) through the EEA, a drive that will make manufacturers and importers legally responsible for the entire life cycle of their plastic packaging. The EEA is also implementing non-burn technologies to manage healthcare plastic waste, eliminating the toxic emissions associated with traditional incineration

EN

Target 7.3 contributes to SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production) as it directly addresses Target 12.5 (substantially reducing waste generation through reduction and recycling) and Target 12.4 (environmentally sound management of chemicals and waste). Policy interventions (bans) and improved infrastructure directly shift the country from a linear ‘take-make-dispose’ model to a more sustainable circular one. It further contributes to SDG 11: (Sustainable Cities and Communities: Target 11.6) as through improving waste management infrastructure, Eswatini reduces the adverse per capita environmental impact of cities, reducing litter in public spaces, drainage systems, and uncontrolled dumpsites. It also contributes to SDG 14 (Life Below Water: Target 14.1) through managing waste at the source, and thus preventing plastic from entering water bodies and eventually flowing into oceans, reducing marine pollution. Lastly, it contributes to SDG 15 (Life on Land: Target 15.5) through reduced plastic pollution which mitigates damage to ecosystems and reduces wildlife/livestock mortality from ingesting plastic waste.

EN
Indicator Data
7.1 Index of coastal eutrophication GBF-INDICATOR-7.1Headline
Not relevant
Not a coastal country
EN
7.2 Pesticide environment concentration and/or aggregated total applied toxicity GBF-INDICATOR-7.2Headline
No data available
The reporting on pesticide environmental concentration and aggregated total applied toxicity for Eswatini is currently constrained by a significant data gap, as national nutrient loss to freshwater systems, specifically total nitrogen and phosphorus loads from agricultural, urban, and industrial sources, has not yet been quantified. While localized river water quality data on nutrient concentrations exist for select catchments, these measurements have not been translated into formalized annual load estimates or used to establish a standardized national baseline. To meet the requirements of the 60% reduction target, it is imperative that the country conducts a comprehensive national nutrient budget and load assessment; this foundational study will bridge the gap between existing raw water quality data and the systematic spatial monitoring needed to accurately track and report on chemical and nutrient runoff across the Kingdom's diverse ecosystems.
EN
Target 8.1 By 2030, develop and implement a comprehensive national strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture, including animal production, by 10% compared to current levels. (National)

Agriculture plays a pivotal role in Eswatini's economy and emissions profile, contributing around 9% of GDP with half derived from livestock production[1], while simultaneously accounting for approximately one-third of the country's total national emissions[2]. The Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use (AFOLU) sector alone contributed almost half (48%) of Eswatini's emissions in 2018[3]. Encouragingly, Eswatini's agricultural emissions have been on a declining trend since 1990, with total agriculture emissions falling from 1,099.9 kt CO₂e in 1990 to approximately 866.0 kt CO₂e by 2022 a reduction of about 21%[4]. Figure 3 illustrates agricultural sector emissions from 1990 to 2022.

Figure 4. Agriculture sector emissions from 1990 to 2022.

Most of this decline is attributed to reductions in livestock numbers and improved efficiency over the period, with severe droughts (particularly the 2015/2016 El Niño drought) leading to destocking of cattle herds and losses of less productive animals, which significantly lowered methane output. Building on this progress, Eswatini's Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) commits to reducing overall emissions by 5% by 2030, or by 14% with external financing[5]. The enhanced NDC 3.0 commits to reducing 2.24 million tonnes of CO₂ equivalent by 2035, representing a 115% increase in ambition.

To establish a robust foundation for agricultural emission reductions, a Tier 2 greenhouse gas inventory for the livestock sector was finalised in 2021, which will serve as a baseline for identifying mitigation actions to reduce agricultural emissions. Eswatini pledged to undertake climate-smart agriculture in NDC 2021, and the country has actively engaged with international initiatives, including participation in the Global Methane Pledge regional workshop aimed at reducing global methane emissions by at least 30 percent from 2020 levels by 2030. The National Adaptation Plan prioritises ecosystem-based adaptation including wetland restoration, invasive species control, and erosion control. However, achieving these ambitious targets requires substantial investment, as implementation of the NDC covering agriculture and other sectors will cost USD 1.3 billion between now and 2030[6].


 


[1] Government of Eswatini, Update of the Nationally Determined Contributions (Mbabane, Eswatini, 2021).

[2] Climate and Clean Coalition, “Short-Lived Climate Pollutant,” 2021, https://www.ccacoalition.org/partners/eswatini.

[3] ICAT, “Improved Land Use Change Maps and Annual Change Methodology,” Mbabane, Eswatini, 2022.

[4] https://unfccc.int/documents/645153

[5] Government of Eswatini, Update of the Nationally Determined Contributions.

[6] https://www.undp.org/eswatini/press-releases/eswatini-puts-climate-action-plan-action

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Agricultural emissions have declined 21% from 1990 to 2022, from 1,099.9 kt CO₂e to 866.0 kt CO₂e, demonstrating that substantial emissions reductions are achievable in Eswatini's context. The completion of a Tier 2 livestock greenhouse gas inventory in 2021 provides a robust technical baseline for targeting mitigation actions. Policy frameworks including NDC 3.0 and the National Adaptation Plan explicitly commit to climate-smart agriculture and methane reduction, creating enabling conditions for further emission reductions.

However, the observed emission reductions to date have primarily resulted from climate-induced livestock destocking during droughts rather than deliberate emissions reduction strategies, raising questions about the sustainability and intentionality of the trend. Achieving the additional 10% reduction target by 2030 will require proactive interventions including improved livestock productivity, manure management, reduced enteric methane emissions, and climate-smart cropping systems rather than relying on drought-induced herd reductions. The financing gap of USD 1.3 billion required for full NDC implementation constrains the pace at which agricultural emissions reduction measures can be scaled.

EN
  • USD 1.3 billion required for NDC implementation across all sectors by 2030; agricultural mitigation measures require substantial capital
  • The 21% decline resulted largely from climate-induced livestock destocking rather than deliberate policy interventions
  • Climate-smart agriculture practices, improved livestock breeds, and manure management systems have not been widely adopted
  • Reducing emissions intensity requires improving feed quality, veterinary services, and genetic improvement programmes
  • Extension systems have not comprehensively integrated GHG mitigation messaging into agricultural advice
  • The Tier 2 inventory provides a baseline, but ongoing monitoring of emissions trends at sub-national scales is not operational
  • Livestock sector development for food security may increase absolute emissions if not accompanied by efficiency improvements
EN

The completion of the Tier 2 livestock greenhouse gas inventory in 2021 represents a significant technical achievement, providing detailed, country-specific emission factors for cattle, goats, and other livestock. This inventory moves beyond default IPCC Tier 1 factors to incorporate Eswatini's specific livestock management systems, feed quality, and climatic conditions, enabling more accurate emissions tracking and more targeted mitigation strategy design.

EN

Target 8.1 contributes to SDG 13.2 on integrating climate change measures into national policies and strategies; SDG 2.4 on sustainable food production systems; and SDG 12.2 on sustainable management and efficient use of natural resources.

EN
Indicator Data
7.1 Index of coastal eutrophication GBF-INDICATOR-7.1Headline
Not relevant
Not a coastal country
EN
8.b Number of countries with policies to minimize the impact of climate change and ocean acidification on biodiversity and to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-8Binary
Climate change
Partially
Fully
No
Partially
No
Mitigation
Adaptation
Disaster risk reduction
Nature-based solutions and/or ecosystem-based approaches
Policies to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity
Fully
Fully
Target 8.2 By 2030, achieve zero net forest loss, reducing the current annual loss of forest to cropland from 9.1 km² to 0 km². (National)

The Land Use, Land-Use Change and Forestry (LULUCF) sector in Eswatini functions as a significant and consistent net sink of greenhouse gases, playing a crucial role in the national GHG profile. The sector is characterised by Forest Land (798,710 ha in 2022, representing 46% of Eswatini's 1,736,400 ha total area), which functions as the dominant sink with -5,100 kt CO₂e in 2022, driven by biomass gains (-5,260 kt CO₂e). Cropland (406,031 ha, 23%) and Grassland (422,039 ha, 24%) contribute emissions from conversions (e.g., 42 kt CO₂e and -18 kt CO₂e, respectively), while Wetlands (27,730 ha, 2%), Settlements (64,929 ha, 4%), and Other Land (13,978 ha, 1%) are minor contributors (7 kt CO₂e, 6 kt CO₂e, -3 kt CO₂e)[1] (Figure 4).

Figure 5. FOLU sector emissions from 1990 and 2022.

Key emissions sources include CO₂ from Forest Land conversions to Cropland (e.g., soil organic carbon losses), with sinks from Forest Land Remaining Forest Land biomass gains. Carbon stocks are quantified for biomass, dead organic matter (DOM), and soil organic carbon (SOC) where conversions occur, with DOM and SOC for remaining lands marked as not occurring (NO) or not estimated (NE) due to data limitations. The sector is a net sink (-5,048 kt CO₂e in 2022), with partial completeness addressed via flexibility provisions (IPCC MPG paragraphs 48, 57, 58) for harvested wood products and non-CO₂ gases. The overall trend from 1990 to 2022 demonstrates a slight strengthening of the net sink capacity, with net removals improving from approximately -4,900 kt CO₂e in 1990 to around -5,000 kt CO₂e in 2022 (Figure 4), an enhancement of roughly 2%. This sustained performance shows the critical importance of forest conservation and sustainable land management for maintaining Eswatini's climate mitigation capacity, while highlighting the emerging challenge of cropland expansion as a source of emissions that partially offsets forest-based removals.

The conversion of indigenous forests and woodlands to other land uses results in substantial loss of above-ground biomass, primarily through deforestation. Figure 5 shows interannual variations in biomass loss, revealing significant fluctuations between 2001 and 2019. Notably, 2006 and 2009 experienced exceptionally high biomass losses of 2.3 Mt and 2.7 Mt respectively. These peaks coincide with major land use changes, including land clearing for the construction of Lubovane Dam and the establishment of associated sugarcane plantations. Following 2009, annual biomass loss stabilised at approximately 0.6 Mt. These patterns have critical implications for the country's carbon sequestration capacity and overall greenhouse gas emission trajectory.

Figure 6. Above ground biomass loss[2]


 


[1] MTEA, Forest Reference Level of Kingdom of Eswatini.

[2] Eswatini Environment Authority, State of the Environment Report.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The LULUCF sector maintains a strong net sink function of approximately -5,000 kt CO₂e, demonstrating that forests and vegetation continue to sequester more carbon than is lost through land use change. Forest Land covers 798,710 hectares (46% of the country), providing the primary carbon sequestration capacity. The strengthening of the net sink from -4,900 kt CO₂e (1990) to -5,000 kt CO₂e (2022) indicates that overall, forest biomass gains are slightly exceeding losses from deforestation and degradation.

However, the target of achieving zero net forest loss reducing conversion from forest to cropland from the current 9.1 km² per year to 0 km² is not on track. Forest-to-cropland conversions continue, driven by agricultural expansion for both subsistence and commercial purposes. The significant biomass loss peaks in 2006 (2.3 Mt) and 2009 (2.7 Mt) associated with the Lubovane Dam and sugarcane plantation development demonstrate that large-scale infrastructure and agricultural development projects can cause rapid deforestation. While annual biomass loss has stabilised at approximately 0.6 Mt since 2009, this represents ongoing conversion rather than zero net loss. The current annual forest loss rate of 9.1 km² must be reduced to zero to meet the target, requiring interventions that address both smallholder agricultural expansion and commercial land clearing.

EN
  • Demand for cropland by smallholders and commercial agriculture continues to drive forest conversion
  • Large-scale projects (dams, plantations, settlements) cause significant episodic deforestation, as evidenced by 2006 and 2009 peaks
  • Legal frameworks exist but enforcement capacity to prevent illegal forest clearing is insufficient
  • Spatial planning frameworks do not consistently prevent conversion of high-value forests to agriculture
  • Returns from agriculture (especially sugarcane) exceed the perceived value of forest conservation, creating conversion pressure
  • Increasing population requires expanded agricultural production, creating tension between forest conservation and food security
  • Communities clearing forest for agriculture often lack economic alternatives
  • Comprehensive data on forest extent, condition, and conversion rates by region are not systematically compiled
EN

The analysis of above-ground biomass loss revealing significant spikes in 2006 and 2009 associated with the Lubovane Dam construction and sugarcane plantation establishment demonstrates the importance of strategic environmental assessment for large infrastructure and agricultural development projects. These events highlight that a small number of large projects can have disproportionate impacts on national forest loss and carbon emissions, underscoring the need for biodiversity-sensitive development planning.

EN

Target 8.2 contributes to SDG 15.2 on promoting sustainable forest management and halting deforestation; SDG 13.2 on integrating climate change measures into policies; and SDG 15.1 on conservation of terrestrial ecosystems.

EN
Indicator Data
7.1 Index of coastal eutrophication GBF-INDICATOR-7.1Headline
Not relevant
Not a coastal country
EN
8.b Number of countries with policies to minimize the impact of climate change and ocean acidification on biodiversity and to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-8Binary
Climate change
Partially
Fully
No
Partially
No
Mitigation
Adaptation
Disaster risk reduction
Nature-based solutions and/or ecosystem-based approaches
Policies to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity
Fully
Fully
Target 8.3 By 2030, implement nature-based solutions to enhance biodiversity resilience, such as habitat restoration, species reintroduction, and ecosystem-based adaptation. (National)

The country has demonstrated leadership in conservation frameworks, as Eswatini launched the framework for Other Effective Conservation Measures in 2021, being the first country in Africa and globally to officially launch OECM Guidelines[1]. On-the-ground implementation includes agroforestry interventions, with the SAPEMP project focusing on investments in 1,000 hectares of agroforestry interventions aimed at increasing natural hazard protection and enhancing crop productivity in three locations[2]. Additionally, the Eswatini Environment Fund has supported wetland protection projects including installing fences and raising awareness of wetland importance. These nature-based solutions provide multiple benefits, as they restore and maintain soil quality, water availability, vegetation, and biodiversity, all contributing to agricultural productivity while capturing and storing carbon emissions[3].


 


[1] https://www.undp.org/eswatini/news/biodiversity-and-ecosystems-conservation-framework-eswatini-launched

[2] IISD, Sustainable Asset Valuation (SAVi) of Nature-Based Infrastructure in Eswatini (Mbabane, Eswatini, n.d.), https://nbi.iisd.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/nature-based-infrastructure-eswatini.pdf.

[3] Tfwala et al., Eswatini Environment Fund: Funding Climate Change Adaptation and Biodiversity Actions at the Local Level.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has strengthened biodiversity resilience by restoring degraded rangelands, wetlands, and forest areas, improving ecosystem health and supporting the recovery of native species. Species reintroduction and recovery efforts have helped re‑establish key wildlife populations, while ecosystem‑based adaptation measures—such as erosion control and watershed rehabilitation—have enhanced climate resilience. Community‑based restoration and capacity‑building initiatives have further supported local stewardship and expanded the use of nature‑based solutions across sectors.

EN
  • Limited technical and financial resources to scale up restoration, species recovery, and ecosystem‑based adaptation.
  • Insufficient long‑term monitoring to track ecosystem recovery and measure NbS effectiveness.
  • Ongoing land degradation and invasive species, which reduce the impact of restoration efforts.
  • Fragmented coordination across sectors responsible for land, water, climate, and biodiversity management.
  • Limited community capacity to maintain restored areas and apply NbS practices consistently.
EN

Rangeland, wetland, and forest restoration has improved vegetation cover, reduced erosion, and strengthened ecosystem resilience. Species reintroduction and recovery efforts have helped re‑establish key native wildlife in protected and community‑managed areas. Ecosystem‑based adaptation measures such as riverbank stabilization and watershed rehabilitation have reduced climate‑related risks while improving habitat quality. Community‑based restoration activities, including tree planting and invasive species removal, have improved ecosystem condition and increased local stewardship.

EN

Implementation of this target contributes directly to SDG 15 by restoring degraded ecosystems and supporting species recovery. Ecosystem‑based adaptation measures advance SDG 13 by strengthening climate resilience, while community‑based restoration supports SDG 1 and SDG 8 through livelihood opportunities linked to natural resources. Improvements in watershed health and land management also reinforce SDG 6 and SDG 12 by promoting sustainable water use and responsible resource management.

EN
Indicator Data
7.1 Index of coastal eutrophication GBF-INDICATOR-7.1Headline
Not relevant
Not a coastal country
EN
8.b Number of countries with policies to minimize the impact of climate change and ocean acidification on biodiversity and to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-8Binary
Climate change
Partially
Fully
No
Partially
No
Mitigation
Adaptation
Disaster risk reduction
Nature-based solutions and/or ecosystem-based approaches
Policies to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity
Fully
Fully
Target 8.4 By 2028, ensure that all climate actions, including emissions reduction and ecosystem restoration, are assessed for their impacts on biodiversity and are designed to minimize negative and foster positive effects. (National)

Climate actions in Eswatini are assessed through greenhouse gas inventories (e.g Biennial Transparency Report and Forest Reference Level) and Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) tracking processes. These assessments monitor emissions reduction progress and climate mitigation measures. However, systematic assessment of biodiversity impacts from climate actions including potential negative effects from renewable energy development, large-scale afforestation with exotic species, bioenergy crop expansion, or infrastructure-based adaptation measures has not been institutionalised through strategic environmental assessment or formal biodiversity safeguard screening processes.

EN
No significant change

Greenhouse gas inventories and NDC monitoring systems provide comprehensive tracking of climate mitigation and adaptation activities, establishing a foundation for assessing climate action. However, biodiversity impact assessment of climate actions is not systematically conducted.

EN
  • No formal process requires biodiversity impact assessment for climate mitigation or adaptation projects
  • Risks from renewable energy development, large-scale exotic plantations, or bioenergy expansion on biodiversity are not routinely evaluated
  • Climate change and biodiversity conservation planning processes occur in parallel without systematic integration of safeguards
  • Technical expertise to conduct biodiversity assessments of climate projects is limited
  • Climate and biodiversity focal points within government do not systematically coordinate on project review
  • Climate project monitoring and evaluation frameworks do not routinely include biodiversity outcome indicators
EN

Systematic assessment of biodiversity impacts from climate actions has not been conducted.

EN

Target 8.4 contributes to SDG 13.2 on integrating climate change into national policies and planning; SDG 15.9 on integrating ecosystem values into planning; and SDG 17.14 on enhancing policy coherence for sustainable development.

EN
Indicator Data
7.1 Index of coastal eutrophication GBF-INDICATOR-7.1Headline
Not relevant
Not a coastal country
EN
8.b Number of countries with policies to minimize the impact of climate change and ocean acidification on biodiversity and to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-8Binary
Climate change
Partially
Fully
No
Partially
No
Mitigation
Adaptation
Disaster risk reduction
Nature-based solutions and/or ecosystem-based approaches
Policies to minimize negative and foster positive impacts of climate action on biodiversity
Fully
Fully
Target 9 By 2030, promote sustainable use of wild species to benefit local communities, protect traditional practices, and ensure measurable economic, social, and environmental gains. (National)

Eswatini has promoted the sustainable use of wild species by strengthening enforcement of wildlife and natural‑resource regulations, supporting community‑based natural resource management initiatives, and improving monitoring of harvesting and trade. Restoration activities in key ecosystems have helped recover habitats for wild species, while awareness and capacity‑building programmes have enhanced community knowledge of sustainable use practices and traditional resource management. These actions have improved governance, supported local livelihoods, and encouraged more responsible use of wild species. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has advanced the sustainable use of wild species through stronger regulatory enforcement, expanded community‑based natural resource management, and improved monitoring of harvesting and trade. The University of Eswatini’s Institute for Research in Traditional Medicine, Medicinal and Indigenous Food Plants (EIRMIP) programme has played a key role by conducting research and conserving indigenous medicinal and food plants, and by providing seedlings of priority medicinal species to community members to promote sustainable use and reduce pressure on wild populations. Restoration activities have improved habitats for wild species, while community awareness and capacity‑building initiatives have strengthened sustainable harvesting and traditional practices. Collectively, these actions have enhanced governance, improved ecosystem condition, and increased opportunities for communities to benefit from the sustainable use of wild species. 

EN
  • Limited monitoring and data on wild species populations and harvesting levels. 
  • Overharvesting, habitat degradation, and invasive species, which continue to pressure wild populations. 
  • Traditional knowledge remains largely undocumented, making it difficult to safeguard practices and integrate them into sustainable‑use planning. 
  • Insufficient community capacity and incentives to adopt sustainable harvesting and management approaches. 
  • Weak institutional coordination across wildlife, forestry, agriculture, and traditional knowledge sectors. 
  • Resource constraints that limit scaling up community‑based initiatives, research, and restoration. 
EN
  • Community‑based natural resource management (CBNRM): Local stewardship initiatives in rangelands and forests have improved grazing practices, reduced degradation, and strengthened community benefits from sustainably used wild resources. 
  • UNESWA’s EIRMIP programme: The programme has advanced conservation and sustainable use of indigenous medicinal and food plants through research, community outreach, and provision of indigenous medicinal plant seedlings. This has reduced pressure on wild populations and supported traditional practices. 
  • Sustainable harvesting initiatives: Training for harvesters and traditional healers has improved adherence to sustainable collection methods, helping maintain viable populations of key wild species. 
  • Habitat restoration efforts: Restoration of degraded rangelands, wetlands, and forest patches has improved habitat quality for wild species and supported the recovery of important plant and animal populations. 
  • Strengthened enforcement and monitoring: Improved regulation of wildlife use and trade has reduced illegal harvesting and enhanced compliance with sustainable‑use requirements. 
EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 15 by ensuring the sustainable use and conservation of wild species. Community benefits from sustainable harvesting contribute to SDG 1 and SDG 8, strengthening livelihoods and local economies. Efforts to protect and transmit traditional practices align with SDG 11, while improved governance of natural resources advances SDG 12 on responsible and sustainable resource use. 

EN
Indicator Data
9.1 Benefits from the sustainable use of wild species GBF-INDICATOR-9.1Headline
No data available
No quantitative data available on economic, social or environmental benefits from sustainable use of wild species in Eswatini. No management plans for wild species exist (except the blue swallow). Traditional harvesting practices ongoing but not formally monitored.
EN
9.2 Percentage of the population in traditional occupations GBF-INDICATOR-9.2Headline
No data available
No national data available on the percentage of the population in traditional occupations. No national survey or labour-force classification for traditional occupations (e.g. wild species harvesting, traditional medicine, subsistence hunting/gathering) has been conducted in Eswatini. Contextual indicators from 7NR: ~70% of population is rural and partially dependent on natural resources; poverty rate 52.1%; overall unemployment ~34% (2023); youth unemployment ~58%. Traditional practices documented include fuelwood harvesting, medicinal plant collection, thatching grass gathering, and regulated wild game hunting (Butimba), but these are not quantified as a share of total employment.
EN
9.b Number or countries with policies to manage the use of wild species sustainably, providing social, economic and environmental benefits for people, and to protect and encourage customary sustainable use by indigenous peoples and local communities KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-9Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Partially

The Flora Protection Act allows local communities to harvest biodiversity resources, such as medicinal plants, for domestic use. 

EN
Target 10.1 By 2030, Eswatini will have implemented sustainable agriculture, aquaculture, and fisheries practices to enhance industry health, protect biodiversity, and ensure food security. (National)

Sustainable agriculture practices in Eswatini are being promoted through conservation agriculture extension, climate-smart agriculture training, and integrated soil fertility management programmes, with initiatives focusing primarily on the crop and livestock production systems that dominate the national agricultural economy. However, the total area under agricultural production has been gradually decreasing, with rain-fed cropland declining from 280,507 ha in 2000 to 264,889 ha in 2020, partly in favour of expanding settlements[1]. This contraction is largely attributed to shifting rainfall patterns that have rendered some areas increasingly difficult to cultivate. Dryland subsistence farming has seen a notable decline in cultivated hectarage over the years, while irrigated agriculture particularly sugarcane cultivation has continued to expand. Aquaculture and inland fisheries remain at extremely limited scales given Eswatini's landlocked status and constrained surface water resources, with minimal commercial aquaculture operations and no significant capture fisheries sector.


 


[1] FAO, Profiling Eswatini Agriculture Value Chain Adaptation Technologies, Assets, Infrastructure and Interventions (Mbabane, Eswatini, 2023).

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The proportion of agricultural area under productive and sustainable agriculture practices defined as systems that maintain or enhance productivity while protecting soil, water, and biodiversity has not been systematically quantified. While conservation agriculture adoption has expanded to 14,500 farmers by 2021[1], translating farmer numbers into the proportion of total agricultural area under sustainable practices requires spatial data on farm sizes and practice adoption distribution that are not available. Aquaculture and fisheries sectors are negligible contributors to national food production and biodiversity impacts, meaning that progress on this target is primarily determined by the sustainability of crop and livestock systems.

 

[1] Ministry of Agriculture, “Conservation Agriculture (CA) Strategy and Action Plan 2021-2025,” Eswatini Government, 2021.

EN

Key Challenges Encountered (2020–2025): 

  • Rapid expansion of settlements, agriculture, and infrastructure has caused significant habitat fragmentation. 
  • The spread of invasive species (such as wattle, lantana, and chromolaena) poses a major threat to indigenous forest biodiversity, disrupting natural ecosystems. 
  • Frequent wildfires, often linked to dry seasons and human activities, destroy ecosystems and destroy forest assets. 
  • The complex mix of SNL (Communal land) and Title Deed Land (TDL) makes integrated forest management policies challenging to enforce. 
  • Limited institutional capacity, technical expertise, and financial resources for mapping and monitoring forest health. 
  • Small-scale foresters struggle to access international markets due to the high cost of meeting strict Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certification standards.  

Approaches for Further Implementation (Leading to 2030): To meet the 2030 target, the focus has shifted towards collaborative, multi-stakeholder governance and the following actions are proposed: 

  • Finalizing the Draft Forestry Bill, which aims to strengthen wildfire management and redefine how forests are monetized, empowering traditional leaders (Chiefs) to enforce conservation. 
  • Aligning the NDC and REDD+ to create financial incentives for conserving forest carbon stocks.  
  • Strengthening community-level management committees to manage indigenous forests, particularly in managing sustainable harvesting of firewood and medicinal plants. 
  • Establishing of programs for actively clearing IAPs to rehabilitate indigenous woodlands and grasslands. 
  • Promoting agroforestry and forest-based enterprises (like beekeeping) to provide income, making forests valuable while standing. 
  • Strengthening the assistance to small-scale, community-based foresters in achieving certification, enabling access to higher-value international markets.  
  • Using modern tools (as done with the 2024 FRL) to accurately measure deforestation, forest degradation, and carbon stock changes. 
EN

Recent updates are showing significant progress in tree planting, policy development, and community-based conservation. The government, in collaboration with international partners, is focusing on balancing environmental protection with economic development. Here are examples and cases illustrating the effectiveness of these actions: 

  • Ambitious reforestation and tree planting – Eswatini revised its initial target upwards from 10 million trees to plant 15 million trees by 2030 to enhance forest health. As of mid-2025, over 8.5 million trees had already been planted. The government has also engaged the private sector, for example, Macmillan Education Eswatini, to plant indigenous species and fruit trees, enhancing local biodiversity. These efforts fight deforestation and degradation, particularly in community-managed forests, and are crucial for the country’s REDD+ (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation) initiatives.  
  • Community-Based Natural Resource Management (CBNRM) – The award-winning IFAD-GEF supported biodiversity conservation, Smallholder Market-Led Project (SMLP) and the Climate-Smart Agriculture for Climate-Resilient Livelihoods (CSARL) project has been effective in engaging rural communities. In various chiefdoms, the project established 47 ha of fenced conservation areas that protect indigenous forests from uncontrolled livestock grazing and over-harvesting. These areas have shown significant recovery and regeneration of native species and are used for sustainable beekeeping, providing economic benefits to community members. The project further rehabilitated 50 ha of wetlands by creating community-managed, fenced enclosures, which allowed indigenous vegetation to return and increased water availability for agricultural purposes.  
  • Policy and legislative framework - The government is finalizing the Draft Forestry Bill, a landmark policy meant to guide sustainable forest management. It empowers traditional authorities (Chiefs) to enforce conservation rules and enables local entrepreneurship through value-added timber processing and eco-tourism. In January 2024, Eswatini submitted its first FRL to the UNFCCC, demonstrating an ability to track forest cover, which is critical for accessing international green finance to support future sustainable management.  
  • Sustainable land management and biodiversity corridors – Local initiatives have focused on controlling invasive alien species, allowing indigenous vegetation to thrive, enhancing forest health. Another initiative is the Lubombo Conservancy which combines state, private, and community-owned lands into a shared management strategy. It effectively creates ecological corridors, enabling wildlife movement and preserving biodiversity in the eastern part of the country. 
EN

Sustainable forest management is a critical driver for achieving the SDGs, primarily SDG 15 (Life on Land). By enhancing forest health, promoting biodiversity, and providing local benefits, this target directly supports several key goals. Under SDG 15 (Life on Land), direct implementation of sustainable management halts deforestation, restores degraded lands, controls alien invasive species, and increases biodiversity, contributing to the Land Degradation Neutrality (LDN) goal by 2030. Other SDGs being achieved include SDG 13 (Climate Action), SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 8 (Decent Work), SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation). Overall, this target bridges environmental conservation with economic growth and community well-being, directly impacting the 2030 Agenda. 

EN
Indicator Data
10.1 Proportion of agricultural area under productive and sustainable agriculture GBF-INDICATOR-10.1Headline
No data available
While the proportion of agricultural area under productive and sustainable practices has not yet been formally quantified for Eswatini, emerging data on farmer adoption provides a foundational baseline for future assessment. Current records indicate that approximately 14,500 farmers were practicing conservation agriculture as of 2021; however, translating these adoption numbers into precise terrestrial coverage remains a challenge due to the lack of systematic spatial data on individual farm sizes. Expert estimates suggest that at least 250 hectares are currently managed under the National Conservation Agriculture Initiative as of 2025. A comprehensive national sustainability assessment is required to capture the full extent of these practices. This data gap persists against a backdrop of shifting land-use dynamics, where total rain-fed cropland decreased from 280,507 hectares in 2000 to 264,889 hectares in 2020, largely due to settlement expansion and erratic rainfall patterns. Furthermore, while subsistence dryland farming has shown a steady decline in cultivated hectarage, irrigated agriculture, particularly sugarcane, continues to expand, highlighting a critical need to standardize spatial monitoring to accurately report on the sustainability of the nation's remaining agricultural landscape.
EN

Number of farmers practicing conservation agriculture: 14,500, but the area in which this is happening has not been quantified. Aquaculture production: minimal; negligible contribution to national food production.

EN
10.2 Progress towards sustainable forest management GBF-INDICATOR-10.2Headline
No data available
To monitor progress, the Kingdom of Eswatini utilizes headline indicators primarily anchored in the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) Indicator 15.2.1 framework and the 2024 National FRL submission to the UNFCCC. Headline Indicators for the target include forest area change rate (deforestation & reforestation). The goal is to achieve zero net forest loss by 2030, reducing the previous rate of annual loss (approx. 9.1 km² per year) towards zero. Another indicator is area under SFM plans which measures percentage of forest land covered by approved, long-term management plans (including community-based management and timber plantations). The indicator above-ground forest biomass stock measures changes in carbon stock per hectare, aimed at enhancing carbon sequestration (essential for climate change mitigation and REDD+ results-based payments). The indicator percentage of protected forest areas aims to document the enhancement of biodiversity through the protection of ecologically important forest areas within national parks and nature reserves. Lastly, the indicator percentage of forest area certified measures the area under voluntary, international sustainable certification schemes (e.g., FSC) to ensure market-based sustainability. Based on recent reporting (2024 FRL submission) and monitoring, as of 2020, Eswatini had roughly 520,000–530,000 hectares of natural forest (approx. 30% of land area). Despite commitments, Global Forest Watch data indicates continued, though fluctuating, tree cover loss from 2001–2024 (approx. 110 kha total loss). In 2024, approximately 2.5 kha of natural forest was lost. The country is actively working on planting 15 million trees by 2030 to boost reforestation and improve agroforestry practices to combat land degradation.
EN
Target 10.2 By 2030, Eswatini will have implemented sustainable forest management practices to enhance forest health, promote biodiversity, and increase the benefits of forests for its people. (National)

To achieve its 2030 goal for sustainable forest management, Eswatini has taken several key actions focused on policy, conservation, and community involvement. From a policy and legal frameworks stance, the country, through the Forestry Department in the MTEA is developing and updating the Draft Forestry Bill to strengthen governance, improve wildfire management, and regulate commercial, community, and indigenous forests. Through the same Department, the government is engaging with the UN-REDD+ framework to reduce emissions from deforestation and forest degradation, culminating in the submission of their first Forest Reference Level (FRL) in 2024. The Department is also spearheading the establishment of a Technical Working Group to create a national forest certification standard, aligned with the Program for Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), to ensure sustainable community and commercial practices. Then from a biodiversity conservation standpoint, the country, through the ENTC, is updating the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP 3.0) to focus on restoring degraded ecosystems, controlling invasive alien plants, and protecting indigenous tree species. MTEA has also strengthened community-based management which is empowering traditional authorities and local communities to manage natural resources, with a focus on planting native species and sustainable harvesting. Eswatini has also embarked on strategic partnerships, which has seen collaboration with international partners (E.g., World Bank and FAO) to build capacity for monitoring forest health and strengthening climate-smart agriculture. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini is making active progress toward its 2030 target of sustainable forest management (SFM), focusing on aligning policy, improving monitoring capacity, and engaging traditional leaders. The country is shifting from a state-centred approach to a collaborative, landscape-level approach. A major milestone was reached in early 2024 when Eswatini established the first forest baseline, and in collaboration with the Coalition for Rainforest Nations (CfRN), the Kingdom submitted its first Forest Reference Level (FRL) to the UNFCCC. The FRL covers the period 2000–2020 and acts as the technical foundation for measuring future reductions in deforestation and degradation.  A landmark Draft Forestry Bill was developed to update legal frameworks, which aims to modernize forest governance, boost sustainable monetization of forest resources, and enhance penalties for illegal harvesting. The government has also begun an initiative mobilizing Chiefs as custodians of community-managed forests, focusing on wildfire management, reducing illegal firewood sales, and restoring degraded areas, crucial for integrating traditional and modern SFM. The forestry department is working to assist community farmers in adhering to international certification standards ("Forestry Stewardship Council (FSC) and PEFC) to access premium markets for their products whilst ensuring environmental integrity in their trade, Lastly, forest management has been integrated into the NDC 3.0, linking biodiversity protection (NBSAP 3.0) with carbon stock conservation.

EN

Key Challenges Encountered (2020–2025) 

  • Rapid expansion of settlement, agriculture, and infrastructure has caused significant habitat fragmentation. 
  • The spread of invasive species (such as wattle, lantana, and chromolaena) poses a major threat to indigenous forest biodiversity, disrupting natural ecosystems. 
  • Frequent wildfires, often linked to dry seasons and human activity, destroy ecosystems and destroy forest assets. 
  • The complex mix of SNL and TDL makes integrated forest management policies challenging to enforce. 
  • Limited institutional capacity, technical expertise, and financial resources for mapping and monitoring forest health. 
  • Small-scale foresters struggle to access international markets due to the high cost of meeting strict Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certification standards.  

Approaches for Further Implementation (Leading to 2030) 

  • To meet the 2030 target, the focus has shifted toward collaborative, multi-stakeholder governance and the following actions are proposed: 
  • Finalizing the Draft Forestry Bill, which aims to strengthen wildfire management and redefine how forests are monetized, empowering traditional leaders (Chiefs) to enforce conservation. 
  • Aligning NDC and REDD+ to create financial incentives for conserving forest carbon stocks.  
  • Strengthen community-level management committees to manage indigenous forests, particularly in managing sustainable harvesting of firewood and medicinal plants. 
  • Establishing of programs for actively clearing IAPs to rehabilitate indigenous woodlands and grasslands. 
  • Promoting agroforestry and forest-based enterprises (like beekeeping) to provide income, making forests valuable while standing. 
  • Strengthening the assistance to small-scale, community-based foresters in achieving certification, enabling access to higher-value international markets.  
  • Using modern tools (as done with the 2024 FRL) to accurately measure deforestation, forest degradation, and carbon stock changes. 
EN

Recent updates are showing significant progress in tree planting, policy development, and community-based conservation. The government, in collaboration with international partners, is focusing on balancing environmental protection with economic development. Here are examples and cases illustrating the effectiveness of these actions: 

Ambitious reforestation and tree planting – Eswatini revised its initial target upwards from 10 million trees to plant 15 million trees by 2030 to enhance forest health. As of mid-2025, over 8.5 million trees had already been planted. The government has also engaged the private sector, for example, Macmillan Education Eswatini, to plant indigenous species and fruit trees, enhancing local biodiversity. These efforts fight deforestation and degradation, particularly in community-managed forests, and are crucial for the country’s REDD+ (Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation) initiatives.  

Community-Based Natural Resource Management (CBNRM) – The award-winning IFAD-GEF supported biodiversity conservation Smallholder Market-Led Project (SMLP), and the Climate-Smart Agriculture for Climate-Resilient Livelihoods (CSARL) projects has been effective in engaging rural communities. In various chiefdoms, the project established 47 ha of fenced conservation areas that protect indigenous forests from uncontrolled livestock grazing and over-harvesting. These areas have shown significant recovery and regeneration of native species and are used for sustainable beekeeping, providing economic benefits to community members. The project further rehabilitated 50 ha of wetlands by creating community-managed, fenced enclosures, which allowed indigenous vegetation to return and increased water availability for agricultural purposes.  

Policy and legislative framework - The government is finalizing the Draft Forestry Bill, a landmark policy meant to guide sustainable management. It empowers traditional authorities (Chiefs) to enforce conservation rules and enables local entrepreneurship through value-added timber processing and eco-tourism. In January 2024, Eswatini submitted its first FRL to the UNFCCC, demonstrating an ability to track forest cover, which is critical for accessing international green finance to support future sustainable management.  

Sustainable land management and biodiversity corridors – Local initiatives have focused on controlling invasive alien species, allowing indigenous vegetation to thrive, enhancing forest health. Another initiative is the Lubombo Conservancy which combines state, private, and community-owned lands into a shared management strategy. It effectively creates ecological corridors, enabling wildlife movement and preserving biodiversity in the eastern part of the country. 

EN

Sustainable forest management is a critical driver for achieving the SDGs, primarily SDG 15 (Life on Land). By enhancing forest health, promoting biodiversity, and providing local benefits, this target directly supports several key goals. Under SDG 15 (Life on Land), direct implementation of sustainable management halts deforestation, restores degraded lands, controls alien invasive species, and increases biodiversity, contributing to the Land Degradation Neutrality (LDN) goal by 2030. Other SDGs being achieved include SDG 13 (Climate Action), SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 8 (Decent Work), SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation). Overall, this target bridges environmental conservation with economic growth and community well-being, directly impacting the 2030 Agenda. 

EN
Indicator Data
10.1 Proportion of agricultural area under productive and sustainable agriculture GBF-INDICATOR-10.1Headline
No data available
While the proportion of agricultural area under productive and sustainable practices has not yet been formally quantified for Eswatini, emerging data on farmer adoption provides a foundational baseline for future assessment. Current records indicate that approximately 14,500 farmers were practicing conservation agriculture as of 2021; however, translating these adoption numbers into precise terrestrial coverage remains a challenge due to the lack of systematic spatial data on individual farm sizes. Expert estimates suggest that at least 250 hectares are currently managed under the National Conservation Agriculture Initiative as of 2025. A comprehensive national sustainability assessment is required to capture the full extent of these practices. This data gap persists against a backdrop of shifting land-use dynamics, where total rain-fed cropland decreased from 280,507 hectares in 2000 to 264,889 hectares in 2020, largely due to settlement expansion and erratic rainfall patterns. Furthermore, while subsistence dryland farming has shown a steady decline in cultivated hectarage, irrigated agriculture, particularly sugarcane, continues to expand, highlighting a critical need to standardize spatial monitoring to accurately report on the sustainability of the nation's remaining agricultural landscape.
EN

Number of farmers practicing conservation agriculture: 14,500, but the area in which this is happening has not been quantified. Aquaculture production: minimal; negligible contribution to national food production.

EN
10.2 Progress towards sustainable forest management GBF-INDICATOR-10.2Headline
No data available
To monitor progress, the Kingdom of Eswatini utilizes headline indicators primarily anchored in the Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) Indicator 15.2.1 framework and the 2024 National FRL submission to the UNFCCC. Headline Indicators for the target include forest area change rate (deforestation & reforestation). The goal is to achieve zero net forest loss by 2030, reducing the previous rate of annual loss (approx. 9.1 km² per year) towards zero. Another indicator is area under SFM plans which measures percentage of forest land covered by approved, long-term management plans (including community-based management and timber plantations). The indicator above-ground forest biomass stock measures changes in carbon stock per hectare, aimed at enhancing carbon sequestration (essential for climate change mitigation and REDD+ results-based payments). The indicator percentage of protected forest areas aims to document the enhancement of biodiversity through the protection of ecologically important forest areas within national parks and nature reserves. Lastly, the indicator percentage of forest area certified measures the area under voluntary, international sustainable certification schemes (e.g., FSC) to ensure market-based sustainability. Based on recent reporting (2024 FRL submission) and monitoring, as of 2020, Eswatini had roughly 520,000–530,000 hectares of natural forest (approx. 30% of land area). Despite commitments, Global Forest Watch data indicates continued, though fluctuating, tree cover loss from 2001–2024 (approx. 110 kha total loss). In 2024, approximately 2.5 kha of natural forest was lost. The country is actively working on planting 15 million trees by 2030 to boost reforestation and improve agroforestry practices to combat land degradation.
EN
Target 11 By 2030, Eswatini will restore and maintain ecosystem functions and services through nature-based solutions and ecosystem-based approaches for the benefit of all its people and nature. (National)

The country has implemented the following key actions:

  • Rehabilitation of degraded habitats in national parks, community-managed forests, and riparian zones to enhance ecosystem services such as water regulation and soil protection. 
  • Supporting local communities to implement sustainable land-use practices, reforestation, and soil and water conservation initiatives that provide both ecological and livelihood benefits. 
  • Rehabilitation of wetlands and river catchments to improve water quality, reduce erosion, and enhance biodiversity. 
  • Incorporation of ecosystem-based approaches into national strategies such as the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) and climate adaptation programmes. 
  • Training of local authorities, community groups, and stakeholders on nature-based solutions and ecosystem management practices. 
EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has made measurable progress in restoring and maintaining ecosystem functions through nature-based and ecosystem-based approaches. Rehabilitation efforts in national parks, community forests, and degraded riparian zones have improved soil quality, water regulation, and biodiversity habitats. Community-based natural resource management programmes have increased local engagement in sustainable land-use practices, reforestation, and soil and water conservation. 

Wetland and watershed restoration initiatives have enhanced water quality and reduced erosion in priority catchments. Integration of ecosystem-based approaches into the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) and climate adaptation plans has strengthened policy support and coordination. Capacity-building workshops and awareness campaigns have improved knowledge among local authorities, community groups, and stakeholders. 

These efforts have collectively enhanced ecosystem services, supported livelihoods, and increased resilience to environmental and climate pressures, although scaling up is needed for full national coverage. 

EN
  • Limited financial and technical capacity to scale up ecosystem restoration and implement nature‑based solutions across priority landscapes. 
  • Degradation pressures from overgrazing, invasive species, land‑use change, and unsustainable harvesting that continue to undermine ecosystem functions. 
  • Fragmented coordination among sectors responsible for land, water, forestry, agriculture, and biodiversity, slowing integrated ecosystem management. 
  • Insufficient data and monitoring systems to track ecosystem condition, restoration outcomes, and the effectiveness of NbS interventions. 
  • Low community awareness and limited incentives for adopting sustainable land‑management practices, especially in communal rangelands. 
  • Climate‑related shocks, including droughts and extreme weather, which increase restoration costs and reduce ecosystem resilience. 
EN

Pilot rangeland management initiatives in communal areas have reduced overgrazing and improved grass cover, demonstrating how community‑led grazing plans and rotational systems can restore ecosystem functions and enhance livestock productivity. 

Restoration activities in degraded wetlands such as removal of invasive species and re‑establishment of native vegetation have improved water retention and supported the recovery of key ecosystem services, including water purification and flood regulation. 

Tree planting and erosion‑control measures in priority catchments have reduced soil loss and improved water quality downstream, showing the effectiveness of ecosystem‑based approaches for watershed protection. 

Strengthened management in protected areas, including invasive species control and habitat restoration, has supported the recovery of native biodiversity and improved ecosystem resilience. 

Farmer‑led agroecology practices, such as contour farming, mulching, and mixed cropping, have improved soil health and reduced erosion, demonstrating the value of NbS in enhancing both ecosystem services and local livelihoods. 

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 15 by restoring degraded ecosystems and strengthening biodiversity resilience. Nature‑based solutions also contribute to SDG 13 through enhanced climate adaptation and carbon storage, and to SDG 6 by improving watershed health and water regulation. Community‑based restoration further aligns with SDG 2 by promoting more sustainable and productive landscapes. 

EN
Indicator Data
B.1 Services provided by ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-B1Headline
No data available
The country has not yet developed the necessary tools to monitor progress on this target due to financial constraints.
EN
B.b Number of countries with policies or actions for implementing and monitoring the sustainable use of biodiversity and the maintenance and enhancement of nature’s contributions to people, including ecosystem functions and services KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-BBinary
Partially
Partially
No
Partially
Target 12.1 By 2030, integrate biodiversity conservation into all urban development projects in Eswatini. (National)

Eswatini has undertaken a suite of policy, institutional, and on-the-ground actions aimed at integrating biodiversity conservation into urban development. The foundational action has been the updating of the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP 3.0), which aligns national biodiversity commitments with the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework (GBF) 2030 targets and explicitly identifies the mainstreaming of biodiversity into urban planning and development as a strategic priority. This policy revision has created the overarching enabling framework within which urban biodiversity integration is being pursued across sectors.

The EEA enforces EIA requirements for all new and existing development projects, providing a mandatory regulatory mechanism through which biodiversity considerations are examined before development proceeds. EIAs require applicants to identify and assess potential impacts on natural habitats, ecosystems, and species, and to propose mitigation measures to minimise biodiversity loss. The EEA's enforcement of these requirements is the primary tool currently in use for integrating biodiversity into individual urban development projects. Complementing this, the National Development Plan (NDP 2023–2028) and the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) embed environmental sustainability into broader development planning, creating cross-sectoral mandates for biodiversity-sensitive development.

The government has initiated mainstreaming of biodiversity into the spatial planning of local authorities, municipalities, and Tinkhundla (administrative subdivisions), with efforts to integrate biodiversity values and Environmental Audit (EA) requirements into sustainable development plans at all levels of governance. The Draft National Spatial Prioritization Framework and Spatialized Action Plan provide the spatial evidence base for guiding biodiversity-inclusive urban development decisions[1]. The Ministry of Housing and Urban Development has produced a Proposed Indicator Framework and Policy and Incentive Framework for Sustainable Green Cities, establishing the governance architecture and monitoring tools needed to track and incentivise biodiversity integration.

A significant practical initiative is the Eco-Green City planning process, developed in conjunction with the Mkhondvo-Ngwavuma Water Augmentation Project (MNWAP) and supported by the African Development Bank (AfDB) through the Urban and Municipal Development Fund (UMDF). This initiative moves beyond traditional urban sprawl by developing a new urban area that incorporates environmental safeguards to protect biodiversity while supporting agro-industrial growth, placing climate adaptation, nature-based solutions, and biodiversity at the centre of the planning model. A whole-of-society engagement approach has been adopted, bringing together government, private sector, academia, and civil society to ensure that biodiversity is treated as a central concern of urban development rather than a residual consideration. Wetland conservation and restoration projects, including fencing and community capacity development, have also been implemented in growing urban and rural areas lying close to urban areas (peri-urban areas) to protect blue space biodiversity.


[1] ENTC, Spatial Prioritization Framework and Action Plan for Area-Based Targets in the Kingdom of Eswatini (Lobamba, Eswatini, 2026).

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini is making progress toward integrating biodiversity into urban development, particularly through the transition from policy articulation to active project planning and the strengthening of regulatory frameworks. However, progress is occurring at an insufficient rate relative to the pace of urbanisation and the scale of the 2030 ambition. Rapid urban expansion around cities like Mbabane and Manzini is outpacing the capacity of existing planning systems, resulting in fragmented development and increasing pressure on remaining natural and semi-natural habitats in and around towns and cities.

The most tangible policy outcomes achieved include the development of NBSAP 3.0 aligning national targets with the GBF, the integration of environmental sustainability requirements into the NDP 2023–2028, and the production of the National Spatial Prioritization Framework, which proposes areas for evaluation as potential Urban Green Spaces by the relevant governing authorities. At the sectoral level, biodiversity considerations have been incorporated into the National Forest Policy, which promotes community-based forest management, and into the National Rural Resettlement Policy. As of late 2025, Eswatini has expanded its terrestrial protected area coverage to approximately 7.74%, including OECMs, with goals to further expand ecological connectivity networks that buffer urbanising areas. New waste management projects for municipalities (2025–2030) aim to reduce pollution impacts on urban ecosystems.

The launch of Eco-Green City planning represents the most visible transformative project, establishing a demonstration model of biodiversity-inclusive urban development. The shift toward recognising green and blue spaces, wetlands, riparian corridors, and urban forests as essential urban infrastructure rather than optional amenities represents an important institutional change in perspective. However, the integration of biodiversity into detailed planning and development control remains weak across most urban areas. Most planning continues to focus primarily on infrastructure provision, housing, and economic growth, with limited systematic use of biodiversity-sensitive tools such as ecological zoning, green infrastructure planning, or environmental design standards tailored to urban areas. There is no national registry that tracks the number of urban development projects incorporating biodiversity-friendly measures, making it impossible to quantify the proportion of projects that are currently meeting biodiversity integration requirements.

EN
  • Settlement expansion around Mbabane and Manzini is driving habitat fragmentation and destruction of indigenous vegetation at a rate that existing planning and enforcement systems cannot adequately manage
  • While EIA regulations exist, compliance and follow-through on biodiversity mitigation commitments in development projects are inadequately monitored, and conditions protecting biodiversity are not consistently enforced
  • Ecological zoning, green infrastructure planning standards, and environmental design requirements tailored to urban biodiversity have not been systematically developed or mandated for use by local authorities
  • There is no registry or monitoring system recording how many urban development projects incorporate biodiversity measures, making it impossible to assess whether progress toward integrating conservation into all projects is being achieved
  • Limited communication and coordination between urban planners, the EEA, municipal authorities, and environmental agencies result in fragmented implementation, with biodiversity requirements often not translated from policy into project-level design and approvals
  • Local municipalities lack the financial resources, technical expertise, and human capacity needed to implement and monitor biodiversity-inclusive planning, including the development of ecological assessments and green infrastructure plans
  • The spread of alien plants in urban and densely populated rural areas close to urban areas areas degrades remaining natural habitats and reduces the biodiversity value of open spaces, undermining the conservation benefit of land set aside for green infrastructure
  • The presence of significant rural areas under Swazi Nation Land governed by customary tenure that are getting densely populated due to their close proximity to urban areas creates jurisdictional complexity for applying statutory biodiversity-inclusive planning requirements
EN

The Eco-Green City initiative, supported by the African Development Bank through the Urban and Municipal Development Fund, is the most significant demonstration of biodiversity-inclusive urban development planning in Eswatini. Developed in conjunction with the Mkhondvo-Ngwavuma Water Augmentation Project, it is designed to mitigate the environmental impact of increased worker influx into an expanding urban area by placing nature-based solutions, climate adaptation, and biodiversity conservation at the centre of the city planning model. Rather than following conventional urban sprawl patterns that fragment natural habitats, the initiative uses a master planning approach that pre-identifies areas of ecological value for protection and integrates green infrastructure into the urban fabric from the outset. While the initiative is still in its planning and design phase, it represents a template for how all future significant urban developments in Eswatini should incorporate biodiversity considerations.

The integration of biodiversity into the spatial planning of rural communities through the Chiefdon Development Plans (CDP) represents the most widely applied mechanism for biodiversity integration into local communities.  The adoption of Sustainable Land Management and Climate-Smart Agriculture practices aiming to rehabilitate 75,000 hectares of degraded land by 2035, when integrated into regional planning, also reduces the pressure from agricultural expansion on natural habitats near urban centres.

The FAO-led Green Cities Initiative (GCI), launched in late 2020 and scaled through 2025, serves as a premier case study for Target 12.1 by transforming urban development from a threat to biodiversity into a vehicle for its protection. Central to this success is the National Geo-Observatory Lab (NGOL), established in Manzini in August 2023, which provides the critical data needed to identify "biodiversity hotspots" and protect them before city expansion occurs. The project strengthened the Eswatini Local Government Association (ELGA) through provision of new infrastructure and technical training, and thus integrated "Nature-Based Solutions" into official municipal planning, replacing traditional concrete designs with Urban Open Spaces that function as biological corridors. These green spaces, which include wetlands for flood control and urban forests populated with indigenous species, will effectively turn teh country's cities into living infrastructure. This approach will ensure that as Eswatini’s cities grow, they do so by expanding, rather than depleting, the natural ecosystems that provide essential climate resilience and food security for their residents.

EN

Integrating biodiversity conservation into all urban development projects in Eswatini by 2030 is a proactive approach that directly accelerates progress toward several Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), primarily through sustainable urban planning and ecological restoration. Key connections include:

SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities): Implementation directly supports Target 11.3 (inclusive/sustainable urbanization), 11.7 (green/public spaces), and 11.B (integrated policies). It shifts urban planning toward "green and blue" infrastructure, reducing the environmental impact of city expansion and improving quality of life.

SDG 15 (Life on Land): This target is critical for Target 15.9 (integrating biodiversity values into local planning) and 15.5 (halting biodiversity loss). It helps protect natural habitats from fragmentation during rapid urbanization, promoting biodiversity-inclusive city design.

SDG 13 (Climate Action): By incorporating biodiversity (green spaces, wetlands), cities in Eswatini act as nature-based solutions for climate adaptation, reducing flood risks, mitigating the "urban heat island" effect, and strengthening resilience against disasters.

SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation): Protecting urban biodiversity often involves conserving local water ecosystems (wetlands/rivers), contributing to water purification and security.

EN
Indicator Data
12.1 Average share of the built-up area of cities that is green or blue space for public use for all GBF-INDICATOR-12.1Headline
No data available
No national data available on average share of built-up area that is green or blue space for public use. Singapore Index on Cities' Biodiversity has not been applied to any Eswatini city. National data systems to track this indicator not yet operational. Note: Mbabane reports ~48% of city land area as Public Open Space, but this includes areas dominated by invasive alien species and informal encroachment; no national average calculated.
EN
12.b Number of countries with biodiversity-inclusive urban planning referring to green or blue urban spaces KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-12Binary
Under development
Under development
Target 12.2 By 2030, all urban areas in Eswatini will have developed and maintained interconnected networks of green and blue spaces that contribute to biodiversity conservation and improve the quality of life for urban residents. (National)

Eswatini has initiated a range of planning, institutional, and site-level actions oriented toward developing and maintaining interconnected networks of green and blue spaces across its urban areas. The National Spatial Prioritization Framework and Spatialized Action Plan[1] (February 2026) provide the most explicit national commitment to this target, designating Zone 4 as Urban Green Spaces and establishing a planning basis for the spatial identification, connection, and management of green and blue networks across urban areas. The Framework's Green Corridors approach directs that zoning should create interconnected networks of green spaces that support biodiversity, provide natural buffers against flooding, and enhance urban resilience, with corridors strategically located to connect parks, urban forests, and other natural areas into a continuous network.

The Ministry of Housing and Urban Development, in partnership with the Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) and supported by the Green Climate Fund, has produced the Proposed Indicator Framework and Policy and Incentive Framework for Sustainable Green Cities in Eswatini. This framework explicitly addresses green infrastructure and open spaces as critical components of sustainable urban environments, advocating for the designation of parks, urban forests, wetlands, and green corridors in zoning frameworks, the promotion of green roofs and vertical gardens, and the protection and restoration of urban wetlands and nature reserves. The framework recommends mandating a minimum green space percentage in urban zoning codes aligned with national conservation goals and establishing incentives for green infrastructure including tax rebates for projects incorporating green roofs or urban parks.

At the municipal level, the Municipal Council of Mbabane has taken the most comprehensive practical steps. These include the development of an Urban Forest Management Plan as a strategic instrument for sustainable management of tree canopy across the city; the systematic mapping of wetlands within city boundaries to enable their protection and restoration as blue space elements; the identification and mapping of invasive plant species to enable targeted eradication and replacement with native vegetation; a complete inventory and valuation of exotic tree species providing the basis for decisions about their conversion to productive native-dominated open spaces; and an inventory of indigenous flora occurring in open spaces to guide conservation and propagation. All municipalities across Eswatini have incorporated indigenous trees into their open spaces, promoting native biodiversity and improving ecosystem services. The Matsapha Town Council has established a nursery to supply planting materials for urban greening, including both indigenous and exotic species. Parks have been fenced and ablution facilities installed across most towns, improving safety and accessibility of public open spaces. Malkerns has implemented strong enforcement of wetland policies, preserving blue space functionality in its urban area.

Wetland conservation and restoration projects, including fencing and community capacity development, have been implemented in growing urban and rural areas near urban areas. The Eco-Green City initiative, supported by the African Development Bank, is developing a master plan that places interconnected green and blue infrastructure at the centre of a new urban development, serving as a model for integrated green and blue space network planning. The country's 2030 biodiversity strategy includes specific goals to reduce invasive alien species impacts by 50% and enhance green spaces in cities, reinforcing the commitment to improving the quality and biodiversity value of urban open spaces.


 


[1] ENTC, Spatial Prioritization Framework and Action Plan for Area-Based Targets in the Kingdom of Eswatini.

EN
No significant change

Progress toward this target remains at the planning and initial implementation stage, with no urban area in Eswatini yet having developed a functional, interconnected network of green and blue spaces guided by a biodiversity framework. Urban green and blue space networks are still inadequately developed, with many built-up areas lacking functional connectivity between parks, riparian corridors, wetlands, and other open spaces that could sustain native species and provide ecosystem services such as flood regulation, urban cooling, and recreation. Existing public open spaces are often small, isolated, and poorly managed, and informal expansion of settlements continues to encroach on riverbanks, wetlands, and steep slopes, further degrading potential ecological corridors.

The most significant planning-level outcome is the development of the National Spatial Prioritization Framework, which provides the first national spatial planning foundation explicitly designed to support the development of interconnected urban green and blue space networks. The Mbabane Voluntary Local Review (2025) reports that 48% of the city's land area is classified as Public Open Space, indicating a substantial potential spatial resource base for green network development; however, much of this area currently lacks formal ecological management or connectivity design, and is frequently dominated by invasive alien species, encroached upon by informal settlements, or used for incompatible activities such as waste dumping.

Municipal-level baseline work in Mbabane, including wetland mapping, invasive species mapping, and indigenous flora inventories, constitutes the foundational data collection required before a connected green and blue space network can be designed and implemented. While some municipal and town councils have initiated tree-planting, beautification, and erosion-control projects, these efforts are typically project-based and not guided by a national urban biodiversity framework or city-wide green infrastructure plan. A national average figure for the share of urban built-up area that is green or blue space for public use is not available, and the Singapore Index on Cities' Biodiversity has not yet been calculated for any Eswatini city.

EN
  • No urban area in Eswatini has a comprehensive, biodiversity-guided city-wide green infrastructure plan that identifies existing green and blue space assets, their ecological connectivity status, priority areas for expansion and restoration, and design standards for new development to contribute to the network
  • Existing parks and open spaces across Eswatini's urban areas are predominantly small, isolated, and unconnected, lacking the ecological corridors needed to sustain native species populations and provide meaningful ecosystem services at the city scale
  • Continued encroachment of informal settlements onto riverbanks, wetlands, and steep slopes destroys the blue and green infrastructure elements that are most ecologically important for network connectivity, and removes land that could serve as ecological corridors
  • Much of the public open space in urban areas is overgrown with invasive alien plant species, significantly reducing biodiversity value. The Mbabane inventory identified extensive invasive species presence, and without active management programmes the ecological quality of open spaces will continue to decline
  • Specific data and indicators to monitor progress on urban green and blue space networks are not systematically compiled at the national level. There is no national registry tracking area, quality, or connectivity of urban green and blue spaces, making it impossible to assess progress toward interconnected networks
  • Establishing and maintaining interconnected green and blue space networks requires sustained financial investment in ecological management, invasive species control, native planting, and infrastructure, which significantly exceeds current municipal budget allocations for parks and open spaces
  • There is no standardised national minimum requirement for green space provision or connectivity standards in urban planning and design, meaning that new developments are not required to contribute to or maintain ecological connectivity
  • The availability of indigenous tree and plant species for urban greening is limited; while Matsapha's nursery is a positive step, the diversity and quantity of indigenous species available is currently insufficient to support large-scale network restoration
EN

The Municipal Council of Mbabane's integrated baseline programme provides the most instructive example of the foundational work required to eventually establish an interconnected urban green and blue space network. By combining wetland mapping, invasive plant species identification and mapping, exotic tree inventory and valuation, and indigenous flora inventories in a coordinated series of spatial assessments, Mbabane has established the ecological knowledge base that is prerequisite to designing a city-wide green infrastructure network. The Urban Forest Management Plan operationalises part of this knowledge by providing a strategic framework for managing the city's tree canopy. Critically, the inventory of exotic tree species opens the possibility of a once-off commercial harvesting of those species, with proceeds financing the rehabilitation of those landscapes into productive open spaces supporting indigenous flora and fauna, a self-financing conversion mechanism that could significantly increase the biodiversity value and connectivity of the city's green space network.

Malkerns' strong and consistent enforcement of wetland protection policies demonstrates that where regulatory will exists, urban blue spaces can be preserved and maintained in functional ecological condition. The protection of Malkerns' wetlands has ensured these areas continue to deliver flood attenuation, water purification, and groundwater recharge services to the urban community, illustrating the multiple co-benefits that accrue from maintaining intact blue space elements within urban areas. 

There are also several green and blue spaces under development[1] including the incorporation of indigenous trees across all municipalities to rebuild native species populations in open spaces; fencing and installation of ablution facilities in parks to improve usability and reduce encroachment; wetland policy enforcement in Malkerns; establishment of a nursery by Matsapha Town Council for green infrastructure planting material supply; and Lavumisa's planned use of permeable concrete for truck stop construction to reduce land degradation of open spaces while managing the land use conflict between informal parking and open space quality.


 


[1] ENTC, Profiled Actions/Interventions in Adaptation and Mitigation to Climate Change in Urban and Peri Urban Open Green Spaces.

EN

Target 12.2 implementation is directly linked to SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities), particularly Target 11.7 on providing universal access to safe, inclusive, and accessible green and public spaces, and Target 11.3 on enhancing inclusive and sustainable urbanisation. Interconnected networks of green and blue spaces ensure that all urban residents, including those in lower-income rural areas near urban areas, have access to high-quality public open spaces that support recreation, physical activity, and mental well-being, directly addressing the equity dimension of SDG 11.

EN
Indicator Data
12.1 Average share of the built-up area of cities that is green or blue space for public use for all GBF-INDICATOR-12.1Headline
No data available
No national data available on average share of built-up area that is green or blue space for public use. Singapore Index on Cities' Biodiversity has not been applied to any Eswatini city. National data systems to track this indicator not yet operational. Note: Mbabane reports ~48% of city land area as Public Open Space, but this includes areas dominated by invasive alien species and informal encroachment; no national average calculated.
EN
12.b Number of countries with biodiversity-inclusive urban planning referring to green or blue urban spaces KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-12Binary
Under development
Under development
Target 13 By 2030, Eswatini will have fully implemented the Nagoya Protocol, establishing robust legal, policy, and administrative frameworks to ensure the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from the utilization of genetic resources, digital sequence information, and traditional knowledge associated with genetic resources. (National)

Eswatini has progressed implementation of the Nagoya Protocol through administrative, institutional, and capacity development measures anchored in the Environment Management Act.
In 2017, national Access and Benefit-Sharing (ABS) Guidelines were developed to operationalize ABS requirements pending dedicated legislation. These guidelines provide the interim regulatory framework for access to genetic resources and associated traditional knowledge.
Key implementation actions include:
•    Establishment of administrative procedures for:
o    Prior Informed Consent (PIC)
o    Mutually Agreed Terms (MAT)
o    Processing ABS applications
o    Issuing access permits as internationally recognized certificates of compliance
•    Designation of the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) as National Focal Point, Competent National Authority and National Checkpoint.
A centralized review system is now operational. During the reporting period, two non-commercial research permits were issued. The framework recognizes the rights of local communities to grant access to genetic resources and associated traditional knowledge in accordance with customary procedures.
Benefit-sharing is structured through negotiated MAT and includes both monetary and non-monetary benefits. To date, benefits have primarily been non-monetary and include:
•    Sharing of research findings
•    Joint publications
•    Scientific collaboration
•    Capacity development initiatives
Capacity-building and awareness efforts have strengthened national understanding of ABS obligations, digital sequence information (DSI), and traditional knowledge protection. These actions include:
•    A national ABS awareness workshop (2025)
•    Training on ABS Clearing-House reporting procedures
•    Participation in CBD and partner-led technical sessions (five officers trained)
 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has nationalized the Nagoya Protocol and established an operational interim framework through the 2017 Access and Benefit-Sharing (ABS) Guidelines under the Environment Management Act. This has enabled regulated access to genetic resources and associated traditional knowledge while dedicated ABS legislation is being developed.

Progress to date includes:

  • Operational administrative system for Prior Informed Consent (PIC), Mutually Agreed Terms (MAT), and issuance of access permits.
  • Functioning permit process, with two non-commercial research permits issued during the reporting period.
  • Formal designation of the Eswatini Environment Authority as National Focal Point, Competent National Authority, and National Checkpoint.
  • Recognition of community rights to grant access to genetic resources and associated traditional knowledge under customary procedures.
  • Negotiated benefit-sharing arrangements, mainly non-monetary, including:
    • Research collaboration
    • Sharing of research results
    • Joint publications
    • Capacity development.

A notable practical outcome is a pilot project with the University of Eswatini, funded by SADC and the European Union, which focuses on commercialization of indigenous medicinal plants for HIV/AIDS management. This initiative demonstrates application of ABS principles and integration of traditional knowledge into national health research and product development.

Capacity development has improved national understanding of ABS processes, ABS Clearing-House reporting, and Digital Sequence Information (DSI). However, implementation remains largely procedural. Monetary benefit flows are limited, compliance monitoring systems require strengthening, and institutional capacity needs further development.

Full operationalization of the ABS framework will depend on adoption of dedicated legislation, strengthened enforcement mechanisms, and sustained technical and institutional support.

EN
  • Incomplete legal framework
    • Draft ABS regulations are not finalized or fully operationalized.
    • Non-binding administrative guidelines limit enforceability of PIC, MAT, and compliance provisions.
  • Limited technical and institutional capacity
    • Few trained personnel to manage ABS permits and monitor compliance.
    • Weak operational experience with both domestic and transboundary cases.
    • Limited national expertise on digital sequence information (DSI), restricting integration into ABS systems.
  • Low awareness among communities and resource custodians
    • Limited understanding of ABS rights and benefit-sharing among local communities.
    • Procedures for obtaining PIC exist but have been applied in only a few cases.
  • Insufficient coordination among government agencies
    • Overlapping mandates between environment, research, traditional knowledge, and intellectual property institutions.
    • Limited inter-agency mechanisms for communication, monitoring, and oversight.
  • Lack of clear mechanisms for traditional knowledge protection
    • No structured community protocols, documentation procedures, or benefit-sharing arrangements for TK.
    • Access to TK has not yet been tested in practice.
  • Resource constraints
    • Limited funding slows the development of monitoring systems, databases, and administrative tools.
    • Dependence on external support for capacity-building and outreach activities.
EN
  • ABS permits: The two research permits show that PIC and MAT procedures can be applied effectively, even without a comprehensive legal framework.
  • Traditional knowledge integration: Pilot projects, such as research on indigenous medicinal plants for health applications, demonstrate potential for benefit-sharing with local communities.
  • Capacity building and awareness: Training workshops improved understanding of ABS principles among government officials and engaged local communities in PIC processes.
  • Centralized coordination: The Eswatini Environment Authority acts as the Competent National Authority, providing a clear access point for applications and coordinating sectoral agencies.
  • Non-monetary benefits: Research permits yielded tangible benefits, including scientific collaboration, publications, and technology transfer, illustrating early practical outcomes of ABS implementation.
EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 15 by promoting fair and equitable benefit‑sharing and strengthening the governance of genetic resources and traditional knowledge. It also contributes to SDG 12 through more responsible and transparent use of biological resources, and to SDG 16 by improving legal certainty, institutional coordination, and inclusive participation in ABS decision‑making.

EN
Indicator Data
C.1 Monetary benefits received in accordance with applicable internationally agreed access and benefit-sharing instruments GBF-INDICATOR-C.1Headline
No data available
No monetary ABS benefits have been received to date. All 2 ABS permits issued during the reporting period were for non-commercial research purposes; no commercial access to genetic resources has been granted. Benefits realised have been exclusively non-monetary: sharing of research findings, joint publications, scientific collaboration, and capacity-building/technology transfer. The Nagoya Protocol has been nationalised through the Environment Management Act, 2002; 2017 ABS Guidelines are operational as an interim framework; dedicated ABS legislation is still being drafted. Competent National Authority: Eswatini Environment Authority (1 designated, published in ABSCH). Checkpoints designated: 1 (published in ABSCH).
EN
C.2 Non-monetary benefits arising from applicable international access and benefit-sharing instruments GBF-INDICATOR-C.2Headline
No data available
During the reporting period, the Kingdom of Eswatini successfully secured diverse non-monetary benefits arising from the utilization of its genetic resources. These benefits include scientific collaboration, technology transfer, and information sharing. They represent a foundational investment in the nation’s socio-economic and environmental landscape. However, as the national ABS framework is currently transitioning from policy development to operational monitoring, these benefits have been recorded qualitatively rather than through quantitative or harmonized fiscal metrics. This is due to two reasons: Firstly, at present, there is no standardized international or national methodology for the financial valuation of non-monetary benefits (e.g., the 'dollar value' of a joint publication or a capacity-building workshop). Consequently, reporting reflects the existence of the benefit rather than its monetary equivalent. Secondly, many scientific collaborations and research results are cumulative. Benefits such as 'Access to Technology' are often realized over multi-year cycles, making annual disaggregation difficult without a specialized real-time tracking system.
EN
13.b Number of countries that have taken effective legal, policy, administrative and capacity-building measures at all levels, as appropriate, to ensure the fair and equitable sharing of benefits from the utilization of genetic resources and from digital sequence information on genetic resources, as well as traditional knowledge associated with genetic resources KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-C-13Binary
Under development
Under development
Partially
Yes
Under development
Partially
Under development
Target 14 By 2030, Eswatini will have fully integrated biodiversity and its multiple values into all national, regional, municipal, and rural development strategies, poverty reduction plans, and related accounting and reporting systems. (National)

Eswatini has made measurable progress in integrating biodiversity considerations into national policy frameworks, sectoral planning instruments, and subnational governance systems, reflecting a broad commitment to mainstreaming biodiversity across government and productive sectors. At the highest level, the National Development Plan (NDP) 2023–2028 identifies environmental management and ecosystem resilience as essential pillars of sustainable national development, creating a cross-sectoral mandate for biodiversity-sensitive planning. The Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC 3.0) and the National Adaptation Plan (NAP) further embed biodiversity values into climate policy by committing to ecosystem-based adaptation measures including wetland restoration, invasive species management, and sustainable land management thereby aligning biodiversity objectives with national climate obligations. The NBSAP 3.0 has been explicitly designed for integration into the NDP framework, ensuring biodiversity mainstreaming across all sectors of national development planning and implementation.

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Regulation of 2022, administered by the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA), constitutes the primary regulatory mechanism through which biodiversity values are operationalised at the project level. All new development projects are required to identify and assess potential impacts on natural habitats, ecosystems, and species, with biodiversity considerations forming a mandatory component of the EIA process. Enforcement capacity has strengthened significantly, with enforcement actions increasing by 75% between 2022 (24 cases) and 2024 (42 cases), and an average of 691 EIA approvals processed annually by 2024.

EN
On track to achieve target

Eswatini is actively working towards its 2030 biodiversity integration target, transitioning from policy development to implementation by aligning with the Kunming-Montreal GBF. The process is supported by international partnerships (mainly GEF, UNDP and IUCN) and focuses on integrating biodiversity into economic, agricultural, and land-use planning to achieve ‘nature-positive’ development. 
As of 2025-2026, the following are some of the major progress towards the target:
Strategy update (NBSAP 3.0) – The country is currently updating its NBSAP3.0 to align directly with 2030 targets, including focusing on NBSAP 3.0, the 7th National Report to the CBD, and land degradation neutrality.
Policy and regulatory action – Eswatini officially adopted Access and Benefit Sharing (ABS) Guidelines, a key legal framework regulating how biological resources are used and ensuring value flows back to the nation.
Sectoral integration – Consultative workshops (e.g., Nov 2025) are bringing agricultural stakeholders, from the last mile farmer to the commercial players, together to integrate biodiversity, land degradation neutrality, and food systems into national planning.
Sustainable livelihoods – The 2026-2030 Cooperation Framework highlights strengthening community resilience to biodiversity loss and climate change, aiming to integrate natural capital into rural livelihoods. 
Main outcomes that Eswatini has already achieved include the enforcement of the biodiversity framework through the adoption of the ABS Guidelines, which establishes legally binding systems for biodiversity management, fulfilling commitments under the Nagoya Protocol. In addition, the new strategy targets the restoration of 115,000 hectares of degraded land and the designation of 10% of territory as protected areas. The newly launched 2025–2030 POPs and UPOPs initiative is strengthening integrated waste management and supporting a circular economy in the nation. Efforts are also underway to ensure 75% of citizens have access to biodiversity data by 2030, enhancing community-level participation in conservation.  Even though challenges remain regarding high unemployment and financial constraints, the country is strengthening its ‘whole-society’ approach to biodiversity mainstreaming.

EN

While Eswatini has made strides, several challenges remain to meet the 2030 target. Key challenges encountered are summarized as follows:

  • High poverty rates and dependency on natural resources: With a significant portion of the population (nearly 60%) living below the poverty line, especially in rural areas, there is high reliance on ecosystem services for survival, leading to overexploitation and unsustainable resource harvesting.
  • Conversion of natural habitats: Rapid expansion of commercial agricultural plantations (e.g., sugar cane), residential settlement expansion, and infrastructure development often clash with biodiversity conservation, particularly on Swazi Nation Land (SNL).
  • Invasive alien plant species (IAPS): The spread of invasive alien plant species is a major threat to terrestrial ecosystems, wetlands, and biodiversity-rich areas, including protected areas, reducing their productivity and value.
  • Limited Financial and Technical Capacity: There is a shortage of sustained funding and specialized technical expertise needed to implement biodiversity-sensitive planning at local municipal and rural levels.
  • Weak enforcement of land use planning: Challenges in integrating environmental management into physical planning, resulting in habitat fragmentation and land degradation, which is accelerated by bush-clearing and wildfires.
  • Human-wildlife conflict: Increasing pressures from, and on, biodiversity have led to rising conflict, requiring complex management and compensation systems. 

To achieve the 2030 goal, Eswatini is moving toward a ‘whole-society’ approach. The following steps will be critical:

  • Developing and implementing the next generation of the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP 3.0) to align directly with the Kunming-Montreal GBF, with specific, actionable targets for 2030.
  • Integrating biodiversity into economic planning – Shifting from viewing biodiversity as a constraint to an asset by implementing natural capital accounting, integrating ecosystem services into national accounting and GDP reporting.
  • Community-based management and localized planning – Promoting community-based fire management and land-use plans, ensuring local communities directly benefit from conservation, and incorporating biodiversity into Chiefdom development plans.
  • Strengthening regulatory frameworks: Finalizing and enforcing key legislation, such as the Forestry Bill, and enforcing stricter environmental impact assessments (EIAs) for development projects.
  • Mobilizing sustainable financing – Seeking innovative financing, such as biodiversity credits, eco-tourism revenue, and public-private partnerships, to support biodiversity management and habitat restoration (e.g., tree planting targets of 15 million by 2030).
  • Promoting nature-positive agriculture – Encouraging sustainable land management (SLM) practices, such as agroecology and agroforestry, to reduce reliance on intensive, environmentally harmful agricultural practices.
EN

Integration into National Development Planning (2026-2030) 

Cooperation Framework 2026-2030 – The UN/Eswatini Cooperation Framework specifically includes outcomes to strengthen national systems for sustainable growth that directly address ‘biodiversity loss’ alongside poverty reduction. 

NBSAP 3.0 & 7th National Report (2025/26) - In October 2025, Eswatini began updating its National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP 3.0) and preparing this 7th National Report. This initiative is designed to be an ‘inclusive, data-driven pathway’, actively involving stakeholders from government, civil society, and the private sector to ensure nature-positive development is built into 2030 planning. 

Implementation in Poverty Reduction & Rural Development

Ecosystem-Based Adaptation in Agriculture (2024) – A proposal for an Adaptation Fund project (2024-2029) highlights the integration of biodiversity into rural livelihoods by targeting the rehabilitation of 75,000 hectares of degraded communal grazing lands and promoting sustainable land management among smallholder farmers to boost food security.

Mangwenya Water Pan Protection Project (2022/23): Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) has utilized local projects to restore wetlands. These projects not only conserve biodiversity but also provide water security and natural buffers against disasters for rural communities. 

Accounting, Reporting, and Legal Frameworks

Environmental & Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) 2022 Regulations – Eswatini has strengthened the legal requirement for all development projects to undergo ESIA, ensuring that biodiversity impacts are assessed before project approval.

Eswatini Environmental Fund (EEF) – The EEF is being positioned as a key mechanism to fund, and thus track, biodiversity actions, linking environmental protection directly to financial investments. 

Landscape-Level Conservation & Biodiversity Corridors

Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project (MERP) – 2025 – In February 2025, national stakeholders validated key instruments for the Mbuluzi River Basin, focusing on strengthening environmental law enforcement, managing invasive species, and landscape restoration. This addresses the need to integrate biodiversity into regional land management.

Northern & Eastern Biodiversity and Tourism Corridors – Efforts are ongoing to connect protected areas (like Malolotja and Songimvelo) to ensure ecosystem connectivity, directly linking conservation to eco-tourism development, which is a major economic driver. 

Biodiversity Finance Strategy (2026-2030)

Biodiversity Finance Plan (BFP) – Eswatini is using UNDP’s BIOFIN methodology to identify and bridge funding gaps for biodiversity. The Country Programme Document (2026-2030) aims to mobilize at least $10 million in biodiversity finance, ensuring that nature is factored into the national economic agenda. 

Combating Invasive Species and Ensuring Security

Control of Alien and Invasive Plant Species – Actions have been taken to tackle invasive plants that threaten biodiversity, including regulatory measures aimed at restoring ecological integrity.

Biosafety Regulation (2025) – The EEA has rolled out plans to curb illegal importation of GMO maize seeds to protect local agricultural biodiversity. 

In summary, the effectiveness of these actions lies in moving beyond purely "environmental" policies to ‘mainstreaming’ nature into agriculture, tourism, and financial reporting, with a clear focus on strengthening local livelihoods, especially as updated by the 2025-2026 NBSAP process.

EN

Target 14 is deeply cross-cutting in its SDG linkages. Full biodiversity integration into national planning directly advances SDG 15 (Life on Land) by ensuring that development decisions systematically account for impacts on terrestrial ecosystems and species. Integration of biodiversity into poverty reduction strategies advances SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) by recognising ecosystem services including water regulation, soil health, and pollination as foundations of rural livelihoods and food security, particularly in the context of Eswatini's predominantly subsistence-dependent rural population. Mainstreaming biodiversity into the NDP and fiscal flows advances SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals) by establishing the coherent policy and financial architecture necessary for transformative implementation. Environmental economic accounting, once established, will directly advance SDG 15.9 by integrating biodiversity and ecosystem values into national and local planning and development processes, and SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth) by making the economic case for biodiversity-compatible development pathways visible to finance and planning ministries.

EN
Indicator Data
14.b Number of countries integrating biodiversity and its multiple values into policies, regulations, planning, development processes, poverty eradication strategies and, as appropriate, national accounts, within and across all levels and across all sectors, and progressively aligning all relevant public and private activities and fiscal and financial flows with the goals and targets of the Framework KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-C-14Binary
Fully
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 15.1 By 2030, mandate all large and transnational companies and financial institutions to regularly monitor, assess, and transparently disclose their risks, dependencies, and impacts on biodiversity. (National)

The impetus for Target 15.1 is rooted in the recognition that biodiversity is the foundation of sustainable development and a primary driver of Eswatini’s national economy. It is specifically calling for legal, policy, or administrative measures to ensure that business and finance act on nature-related issues. Eswatini’s commitment to this target reflects an understanding that public policy alone cannot safeguard ecosystems; the market actors that depend on and impact these systems must become primary stakeholders in their conservation. The target serves as a mechanism to identify how specific corporate activities contribute to these pressures, thereby enabling more targeted and effective mitigation strategies. 

The current landscape of private sector engagement on biodiversity in Eswatini is best described as emerging and predominantly voluntary. Consequently, the NBSAP 3.0 has set the 2030 target, to ensure that there are mandatory national requirements for biodiversity-specific risk assessment or disclosure. The present voluntary phase is characterized by a "top-down" influence, where companies with links to international markets or global supply chains have begun to acknowledge environmental risks within their broader Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) or sustainability frameworks.

The status of reporting in Eswatini is currently bifurcated. On one hand, there is a high degree of sector-specific maturity in the agricultural and forestry industries, which are the backbone of the economy. On the other hand, many other sectors, particularly the broader financial services industry, are only beginning to explore their relationship with natural capital. This maturity is often a direct response to vulnerability; the sectors most integrated into the landscape are those most immediately threatened by environmental factors like water scarcity and climate variability.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Engagement with the private sector on biodiversity issues in Eswatini is emerging but remains voluntary. Some companies, particularly those linked to international markets, have begun to acknowledge environmental risks within broader sustainability or ESG framework (Table 17). However, no mandatory national requirements currently exist for biodiversity-specific risk assessment, monitoring, or disclosure. The status of sustainability reporting in Eswatini is characterized by a high degree of sector-specific maturity, particularly in the agricultural and forestry industries. These sectors are the backbone of the Eswatini economy and are most directly impacted by environmental factors such as water scarcity and climate variability. The Table below summarizes how some local companies report on their environmental impacts and sustainability measures. 

 

Table 17. Frameworks and standards used by selected companies.

CompanySectorPrimary Reporting ModeFramework/Standard Used
Royal Eswatini Sugar Corporation (RES)AgricultureAnnual Sustainability ReportGRI Standards, SDGs
Ubombo SugarAgricultureGroup Integrated Report (ABF)SAI Platform FSA, Bonsucro
Montigny InvestmentsForestryCertification-based DisclosuresFSC, SABS, ISPM 15
Eswatini Electricity CompanyUtilitiesIntegrated Annual ReportKing IV, IFRS
Eswatini Sugar Association (ESA)AgricultureIntegrated Annual ReportKing IV, IFRS Framework
EN

The ambition of Target 15.1 is met with significant structural challenges that Eswatini must navigate to achieve full implementation by 2030. These challenges are categorized into data scarcity, technical capacity, and socio-economic pressures.

A fundamental requirement for biodiversity disclosure is high-quality, contextual data. Businesses need access to information on the state of natural capital at the landscape level to make informed decisions. Currently, Eswatini’s data is often fragmented. While progress has been made in establishing a National Wetlands Inventory and a wetlands database through projects like the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration project, gaps remain in monitoring systems for other critical ecosystems.

The country requires capacity building, specifically in monitoring, mapping, and assessing ecosystems through tools like GIS and remote sensing. Furthermore, there is a need to harmonize biodiversity-related reporting to ensure that information from global datasets (e.g., IBAT, ENCORE) feeds back into national programs. Without robust baseline data, the "double materiality" assessment remains a theoretical exercise rather than a quantitative risk management tool.

Eswatini’s ecosystems are highly vulnerable to climate change, which manifests through prolonged droughts, erratic rainfall patterns, and rising temperatures. These changes impact the hydrological balance, reducing water availability for both biodiversity and commercial agriculture. For the sugar and forestry industries, climate variability is not a future threat but a present operational reality that affects yields and financial margins.

The country’s vulnerability is compounded by its reliance on South Africa for economic stability and energy imports. In this context, biodiversity is a "natural buffer" against climate impacts. For example, healthy wetlands regulate water flows, mitigating the effects of both floods and droughts. Target 15.1, by forcing companies to disclose their impacts on these buffers, aims to incentivize their protection as a form of "nature-based solution" for climate adaptation.

EN

One of the ways in which the country encourages compliance to environmental protection is through institutional incentives. For example, the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) hosts the Temvelo Awards which act as a mechanism to encourage transparent disclosure. In 2024/2025, RES Corporation was awarded for ‘Best in Water Conservation’ and "Innovative Waste Management". These awards provide a competitive reputational advantage, incentivizing other companies to adopt similar monitoring and disclosure standards ahead of the 2030 mandate.

The agricultural and forestry sectors in Eswatini provide the most advanced examples of how local companies are currently handling biodiversity issues. These industries are not only the primary drivers of GDP but are also the largest land managers in the country, placing them at the centre of the "Locate" and "Evaluate" phases of any biodiversity assessment.

The sugar industry is the preeminent example of sectoral maturity in sustainability reporting. The Eswatini Sugar Association (ESA), the regulatory body for the industry, has integrated "Natural Capital" into its reporting pillars, acknowledging that land under cultivation, water, and energy are fundamental assets for the industry’s long-term value creation. Large players like the Royal Eswatini Sugar (RES) Corporation and Ubombo Sugar have adopted integrated annual reporting frameworks that move beyond traditional financial statements to include ESG metrics.

The RES Corporation’s reporting indicates significant strides in biodiversity conservation, specifically through habitat restoration and the management of game populations on its estates. By aligning operations with corporate sustainability goals and ESG standards, the corporation aims to reinforce investor trust and community goodwill. Similarly, Ubombo Sugar has focused on building resilience through ‘precision farming’ and upgraded irrigation systems. These technological interventions, such as the use of drones for targeted treatment and the introduction of mechanised green cane harvesting, are intended to improve soil health and reduce the use of pesticides, actions that have direct positive impacts on local biodiversity.

 The forestry sector, dominated by companies like Montigny, demonstrates a unique approach to biodiversity through the lens of invasive species management and landscape restoration. Montigny manages over 50,000 ha of plantations and is deeply committed to sustainable forestry, which includes the protection of delicate ecological areas within their forests. A critical action taken by the company is the ‘Wattle Outgrowers Programme’, which addresses the challenge of invasive wattle (Acacia mearnsii).

In Southern Africa, wattle is viewed as a significant threat to biodiversity and water resources. Montigny’s strategy involves felling and purchasing wattle from local landowners, transforming "wattle jungles" into manageable, profitable plantations. This not only provides an economic incentive for communities to manage invasive species but also contributes to the ‘restoration of degraded land’ objective of the NBSAP. Furthermore, the company’s plans to utilize biomass from timber waste for electricity generation represent a "nature-positive" business model shift, potentially providing 22% of Eswatini’s total electricity demand through clean, local energy.

The forestry sector’s reporting also emphasizes fire management, a critical biodiversity risk in Eswatini’s dry winter months. Reforestation initiatives, such as the donation of over 35,000 seedlings in partnership with Standard Bank, support the government’s drive to plant 1.2 million trees annually to combat deforestation and restore degraded land. These actions demonstrate that for the forestry sector, biodiversity management is a core operational requirement rather than a peripheral CSR activity.

Target 15.1 explicitly includes financial institutions as entities that must mandate disclosure by 2030. This is a strategic necessity because financial flows, whether through lending, investment, or insurance, are the primary levers for shifting the global economy toward nature-positive outcomes. In Eswatini, this transition is influenced by international frameworks like the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD). 

Standard Bank Eswatini has emerged as a key participant in this space, often partnering with corporate clients in the forestry sector for environmental initiatives. One case in point is when they partnered with Montigny and Ezigro Seedlings to support the government’s drive to plant 1.2 million trees annually. The bank’s climate policy aligns with the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), recognizing that climate change and biodiversity loss are systemic issues with implications for the country's economic growth.

EN

The relationship between this target and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) is characterized by the following links:

SDG 15 (Life on Land): Target 15.1 is the corporate counterpart to SDG Target 15.9, which mandates the integration of ecosystem and biodiversity values into national and local planning, development processes, and poverty reduction strategies. By requiring companies to disclose their ‘dependencies’ on nature, Eswatini ensures that the true value of its natural capital is reflected in the national accounts.

SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production): The target directly advances SDG Target 12.6, which explicitly encourages large and transnational companies to adopt sustainable practices and integrate sustainability information into their reporting cycle. This transparency helps curb ‘greenwashing’ and provides investors with the data needed to support Eswatini’s transition to a green economy.

SDG 13 (Climate Action): Biodiversity loss and climate change are interdependent crises. The Greening of the Central Bank of Eswatini Project uses Target 15.1 as a roadmap to help financial institutions identify nature-related climate risks, such as the impact of water scarcity on agricultural loan portfolios, thereby advancing SDG 13 through more resilient financial systems.

SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth): Since Eswatini's economy is anchored in agriculture and forestry, protecting the biodiversity that supports these sectors is essential for sustainable livelihoods. Disclosure requirements force companies to manage their impacts on ecosystem services, like water regulation provided by wetlands, which are vital for rural communities and long-term food security.

EN
Indicator Data
15.1 Number of companies disclosing their biodiversity-related risks, dependencies and impacts GBF-INDICATOR-15.1Headline
No data available
No mandatory biodiversity disclosure requirement exists yet (2030 target). Some companies (e.g., RES Corporation, Ubombo Sugar, Montigny) voluntarily report on biodiversity through ESG frameworks, but no formal compilation of disclosing companies has been undertaken. EEA Temvelo Awards incentivize environmental disclosure.
EN
15.b Number of countries with legal, administrative or policy measures aimed at encouraging and enabling business and financial institutions, and in particular for large and transnational companies and financial institutions, to progressively reduce their negative impacts on biodiversity, increase their positive impacts, reduce their biodiversity-related risks and promote actions to ensure sustainable patterns of production KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-15Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 15.2 By 2030, require all companies to provide clear and accessible information to consumers about the environmental impacts of their products, including their biodiversity footprint, to enable informed decision-making and promote sustainable consumption patterns. (National)

Eswatini has advanced implementation of this target by strengthening the regulatory and institutional foundations for corporate environmental transparency, primarily through continued enforcement of the Environment Management Act (2002) and the mainstreaming commitments outlined in the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan II. The Eswatini Environment Authority has expanded compliance monitoring, environmental auditing, and reporting requirements across key sectors. Public awareness and sustainable consumption campaigns, together with sector‑specific sustainability standards (e.g., forestry certification and agro‑processing audits), further contribute to creating an enabling environment for transparent communication of product impacts to consumers by 2030.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has made steady progress toward enabling future requirements for companies to disclose clear and accessible information on the environmental and biodiversity impacts of their products. Implementation of the Environment Management Act (2002) has strengthened corporate environmental compliance, with more companies undertaking mandatory environmental audits, waste‑management reporting, and pollution‑control measures, creating a foundation for broader transparency obligations. Key sectors, including forestry, sugar, and manufacturing, have adopted or expanded sustainability certification and environmental reporting practices, contributing to more traceable and accountable production systems. Public awareness campaigns on sustainable consumption and biodiversity conservation have further strengthened consumer demand for transparent product information. While a formal national requirement for product‑level biodiversity footprint disclosure is still under development, these actions collectively represent significant progress toward establishing the regulatory, institutional, and private‑sector capacity needed to achieve the 2030 target.

EN
  • Limited technical capacity among many companies, especially SMEs, to measure and report biodiversity footprints or conduct life‑cycle assessments.
  • Absence of national standards or guidelines for environmental and biodiversity impact disclosure, leading to inconsistent reporting practices.
  • Gaps in environmental and biodiversity data, making it difficult for companies to generate reliable product‑level information.
  • Regulatory frameworks not yet mandating product‑level environmental or biodiversity disclosure.
  • Limited enforcement capacity within regulatory institutions to monitor and verify corporate reporting.
  • Low consumer awareness of environmental product information, reducing market incentives for companies to disclose impacts.
  • High costs of compliance for smaller enterprises, including data collection, certification, and reporting systems
EN

Forestry Sector Certification (FSC): Commercial forestry operations expanded Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) certification, which requires companies to document and publicly communicate environmental and biodiversity management practices. This has improved transparency in timber supply chains and provided a practical example of how certification schemes can support disclosure of biodiversity‑related impacts.

Sustainability Reporting in the Sugar Industry: The sugar sector has implemented environmental audits and sustainability reporting frameworks that include water‑use efficiency, soil conservation, and biodiversity‑friendly land‑management practices. These reports, shared with buyers and certification bodies, illustrate how sector‑specific standards can enhance traceability and environmental accountability.

Environmental Audits Under the Environment Management Act: Mandatory environmental audits have led to improved documentation of pollution control, waste handling, and resource use across regulated industries. In several cases, audit findings have prompted corrective actions—such as upgrading effluent systems or improving hazardous‑waste storage—demonstrating the effectiveness of regulatory compliance mechanisms in driving better environmental performance.

Eco‑labelling and Green Business Initiatives: Pilot eco‑labelling efforts in small‑scale agro‑processing and handicraft enterprises have enabled producers to communicate environmental attributes of their products. These initiatives have increased market visibility for environmentally responsible products and shown that voluntary disclosure can support consumer awareness and sustainable consumption.

Public Awareness and Consumer Education Campaigns: Awareness programmes led by the Eswatini Environment Authority and civil‑society partners have improved public understanding of environmental impacts associated with products. This has encouraged some retailers to voluntarily provide more information on packaging, recycling, and waste reduction, demonstrating the role of consumer demand in promoting corporate transparency.

EN

Implementation of this target contributes directly to SDG 12 by promoting sustainable consumption and production, strengthening corporate environmental reporting (Target 12.6), and improving consumer access to sustainability information (Target 12.8). Actions that enhance biodiversity monitoring, environmental compliance, and sector‑specific sustainability standards also support SDG 15 by reducing pressures on ecosystems and encouraging more responsible production practices. Capacity‑building initiatives, cleaner‑production pilots, and improved data systems further align with SDG 9, as they encourage innovation and resource‑efficient industrial processes. Collectively, these efforts help integrate sustainability considerations across production and consumption systems in line with global SDG commitments

EN
Indicator Data
15.1 Number of companies disclosing their biodiversity-related risks, dependencies and impacts GBF-INDICATOR-15.1Headline
No data available
No mandatory biodiversity disclosure requirement exists yet (2030 target). Some companies (e.g., RES Corporation, Ubombo Sugar, Montigny) voluntarily report on biodiversity through ESG frameworks, but no formal compilation of disclosing companies has been undertaken. EEA Temvelo Awards incentivize environmental disclosure.
EN
15.b Number of countries with legal, administrative or policy measures aimed at encouraging and enabling business and financial institutions, and in particular for large and transnational companies and financial institutions, to progressively reduce their negative impacts on biodiversity, increase their positive impacts, reduce their biodiversity-related risks and promote actions to ensure sustainable patterns of production KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-15Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 15.3 By 2030, all companies operating in Eswatini will be required to disclose their compliance with national access and benefit-sharing regulations and measures, as well as any relevant international agreements, in their annual sustainability reports. (National)

Eswatini's NBSAP Target 15.3 mandates ABS compliance disclosure by companies in their sustainability reports by 2030. The main actions undertaken by the country towards achieving this target include ratifying the Nagoya Protocol (2016) and enacting the ABS Guidelines (2017) which contain provisions for operationalizing the ABS in the country, including aspects of prior informed consent and materials transfer agreements. Additional actions include launching the First National Report on the Nagoya Protocol in January 2026 by MTEA and EEA to track benefits to local custodians; establishing the ABS Programme Steering Committee for oversight; introducing the ESE's voluntary ESG Reporting Guide aligned with GRI and King IV principles; and conducting a 2025/2026 national stocktake to address weaknesses in commercial use of resources like medicinal plants.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The following main actions have been taken to implement this target:

International Alignment and Legal Foundation: Eswatini ratified the Nagoya Protocol in 2016. The legal framework is supported by the Access and Benefit Sharing (ABS) Bill, which establishes national sovereignty over genetic resources and sets rules for Prior Informed Consent (PIC) and Mutually Agreed Terms (MAT).

National Reporting Initiatives: In January 2025, the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA) and the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) launched the technical process to compile the country’s First National Report (1NR) on the Nagoya Protocol. This report documents how the country authorizes access to genetic resources and ensures that benefits, whether financial or technological flow back to local custodians and traditional knowledge holders.

Institutional Governance: The Access and Benefit Sharing Programme Steering Committee was established as an advisory body to oversee implementation, mobilize expertise, and provide policy guidance on ABS programs.

Corporate Disclosure Frameworks: The Eswatini Stock Exchange (ESE) has introduced a draft ESG Reporting Guide aligned with international standards like the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). While currently voluntary, this guide encourages listed companies to adopt integrated reporting (King IV principles), establishing the infrastructure needed to meet the 2030 mandatory disclosure requirement for ABS compliance in annual sustainability reports.

Strategic National Stocktake: The ongoing reporting process for 2025/2026 serves as a "national reckoning" to identify institutional weaknesses and community needs, ensuring that commercial or research use of biological resources (such as rare medicinal plants) is accurately captured in national records.

EN

Eswatini faces several challenges in implementing NBSAP Target 15.3 on corporate ABS disclosure. Key issues include poor stakeholder coordination leading to siloed operations, inadequate reporting and data sharing, limited institutional capacities (human and financial), poor enforcement of legislation, low awareness among businesses and actors, voluntary ESG frameworks delaying mandatory compliance, and harmonization gaps with existing laws.

EN

One of the ways that Eswatini has used to encourage environmental compliance, is that it utilizes institutional incentives that transform regulatory requirements into opportunities for corporate prestige. A key example is the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) and its Temvelo Awards, a program designed to foster a culture of transparent disclosure and public accountability. By recognizing excellence in sustainability, such as the RES Corporation’s recent 2024/2025 wins for "Best in Water Conservation" and "Innovative Waste Management", the EEA provides industry leaders with a distinct reputational advantage. This competitive framework motivates other organizations to standardize their monitoring and reporting practices now, ensuring they are operationally aligned with the rigorous national environmental mandates set for 2030.

EN

The implementation of Eswatini’s Target 15.3 serves as a vital bridge between national corporate governance and the global 2030 Agenda. By requiring companies to disclose their compliance with Access and Benefit-Sharing (ABS) regulations, this target directly propels progress toward several interrelated Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs):

SDG 15 (Life on Land): This target is the national vehicle for SDG 15.6, which aims to ensure the fair and equitable sharing of benefits from genetic resources. By mandating disclosure, Eswatini ensures that the private sector respects the biological sovereignty of the nation, thereby supporting the conservation of terrestrial ecosystems.

SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production): Implementation drives SDG Target 12.6, which encourages companies to adopt sustainable practices and integrate sustainability information into their reporting cycles. It shifts corporate behaviour from purely extractive to transparent and regenerative.

SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals): The requirement to align with "relevant international agreements" (such as the Nagoya Protocol) strengthens policy coherence and domestic resource mobilization. It ensures that the economic benefits derived from Eswatini’s biodiversity are reinvested into local communities and national development, fulfilling the spirit of SDG 17.14.

SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation, and Infrastructure): Disclosure encourages "green innovation," as companies must prove they are utilizing genetic resources legally and ethically, fostering a sustainable industrial sector that respects national heritage.

EN
Indicator Data
15.1 Number of companies disclosing their biodiversity-related risks, dependencies and impacts GBF-INDICATOR-15.1Headline
No data available
No mandatory biodiversity disclosure requirement exists yet (2030 target). Some companies (e.g., RES Corporation, Ubombo Sugar, Montigny) voluntarily report on biodiversity through ESG frameworks, but no formal compilation of disclosing companies has been undertaken. EEA Temvelo Awards incentivize environmental disclosure.
EN
15.b Number of countries with legal, administrative or policy measures aimed at encouraging and enabling business and financial institutions, and in particular for large and transnational companies and financial institutions, to progressively reduce their negative impacts on biodiversity, increase their positive impacts, reduce their biodiversity-related risks and promote actions to ensure sustainable patterns of production KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-15Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 16.1 By 2030, reduce food waste by 50% across the food supply chain, from production to consumption, through effective strategies, education, and awareness campaigns. (National)

Approximately 30% of food produced is lost post-harvest, while 29% of the population faces food insecurity. A study undertaken by EEA found that an average of 26.6% food waste within four disposal facilities in Eswatini. To implement the target, the Kingdom of Eswatini, led by the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs, has initiated several strategic actions centred on policy integration and multi-sectoral collaboration. These efforts align with Target 16 of the GBF, which focuses on sustainable consumption.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini is currently integrating this 2030 target into its national policy frameworks, primarily through the Revised National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) and the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC 3.0). Efforts are shifting toward a circular economy model to address the estimated 30% of food produced that is currently lost post-harvest due to infrastructure gaps. The main outcomes achieved include:

Policy Alignment – The target is now legally and strategically anchored in the national agenda, specifically within the EEA's broader waste management strategies and the NDC 3.0 national report.

Post-Harvest Infrastructure – Initiatives led by the World Food Programme (WFP) have introduced hermetic storage systems (bags and silos) and improved pest control to reduce losses at the production and storage levels.

School Feeding Innovations - A pilot ‘Home Grown School Feeding’ program has successfully reduced plate waste by diversifying school menus with indigenous vegetables and implementing awareness campaigns for students.

Circular Economy Integration – New projects funded by the GEF and UNDP were launched in February 2026 to transition toward integrated solid waste management, which includes repurposing organic food waste.

Capacity Building – Strategic partnerships have been established to train smallholder farmers, particularly women, in handling and transport techniques to ensure produce reaches markets with minimal spoilage. 

EN
  • There is limited access to cold storage, proper transportation, and preservation technologies leads to high food loss, particularly for smallholder farmers.
  • There exist disconnects between farmers, intermediaries, and retailers often lead to overproduction or inefficiencies in distribution.
  • A lack of consistent, accurate, and localized data on food loss and waste makes it difficult to measure progress, pinpoint hotspots, or develop targeted interventions.
  • Inadequate waste processing facilities and poor segregation at source in Eswatini limit the potential for reusing or recycling food waste.
  • Insufficient awareness regarding the environmental and economic impact of food waste at both the production and household levels hinders progress.
  • There remains limited access to funding for sustainable, efficient, and innovative solutions for small-scale actors.
EN

To achieve this, the country is focusing on strengthening the agricultural value chain, promoting sustainable consumption, and enhancing storage infrastructure.  While the target is for 2030, several ongoing initiatives illustrate the effectiveness of the strategies being implemented. Examples of actions taken to reduce food waste across the supply chain include: 

Post-Harvest Loss Reduction (Production Phase) – A major source of food waste in Eswatini is post-harvest losses due to pests and moisture in storage, particularly for maize and legumes. The Ministry of Agriculture, often supported by FAO projects, has promoted the use of hermetic (air-tight) bags for smallholder farmers. These bags eliminate the need for chemical pesticides and significantly reduce grain loss to moisture and pests, allowing farmers to store crops safely for longer periods before selling or consuming them. In addition, through FAO-supported projects, several greenhouse tunnels and shade net structures were installed for youth-led farming groups to protect crops from erratic weather, reducing the volume of damaged/ruined produce, and thus lowering pre-consumer waste. 

Strengthening Supply Chains (Retail & Transport Phase) – Efforts to improve connectivity between rural farmers and urban markets such as those in Mbabane and Manzini have been prioritized to reduce the time perishable foods spend in transit. By reducing transportation time and enhancing market infrastructure, less produce spoils before reaching the consumer.

Sustainable Consumption Awareness - The Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) conducts workshops focusing on waste management in urban areas. By educating households and retailers on better food purchasing and storage habits, these campaigns aim to reduce the substantial amount of food thrown away at the household level. 

These actions show a comprehensive approach that combine modern technology with infrastructure improvements and behavioural education to tackle food waste at every stage of the chain.

EN

Implementing this target in Eswatini is a direct contribution to the 2030 Agenda, acting as a catalyst for several interconnected Sustainable Development Goals. First, it directly achieves SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production - Target 12.3) of halving per capita food waste at the retail/consumer level and reducing food losses along production/supply chains (post-harvest losses). Secondly, it contributes to SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) by reducing loss and waste, so that more food becomes available and accessible, directly enhancing food security and improving nutrition for the population. Thirdly, for SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 8 (Decent Work and Economic Growth), reducing waste means higher income for farmers and reduced costs for businesses, promoting sustainable agriculture and economic efficiency in the food sector. Lastly, it advances SDG 13 (Climate Action) as efficient food systems significantly lowers greenhouse gas emissions associated with producing, transporting, and disposing of wasted food in landfills. In essence, this target moves Eswatini towards a circular, resource-efficient food system, improving both economic stability and environmental sustainability.

EN
Indicator Data
16.b Number of countries developing, adopting or implementing policy instruments aimed at encouraging and enabling people to make sustainable consumption choices KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-16Binary
Partially
Partially
Fully
Target 16.2 By 2030, reduce the overall consumption footprint of Eswatini's population by 50%, promoting sustainable consumption choices through policies, regulations, and consumer education programs. (National)

To implement the ambitious target, Eswatini has adopted a multi-faceted approach focusing on sustainable consumption and production (SCP).  The approach and efforts are largely aligned with the country's Updated Nationally Determined Contributions (NDC) to the Paris Agreement and the national development goals for a green economy. The following are actions the country has taken towards achieving the target. 

Policy and regulatory frameworks – The government, through the Eswatini EEA and the Ministry of Commerce, Industry and Trade adopted the National Industrial Policy 2023-2033, which prioritizes green industrialization, a circular economy, and sustainable waste management. This includes developing Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) frameworks to reduce waste which EEA is currently developing.

Energy sector transformation – To reduce consumption of fossil fuels, Eswatini aims to increase the share of renewable energy (solar, hydro, biomass) in its electricity mix to 50% by 2030. Target actions that are being implemented include the Energy Efficiency and Conservation Policy, enforcing energy efficiency codes for industry, and promoting efficient cooking technologies.

Waste and material management – The regulations introduced through EEA which include banning and/or single-use plastics levy and promoting recycling initiatives to reduce consumption waste. This includes strengthening the management of hazardous waste and chemicals.

Through the EEA, Eswatini is implementing public awareness campaigns on sustainable lifestyles and eco-friendly consumer choices, aimed at promoting the ‘Reduce, Reuse, Recycle’ principle. The country is also promoting climate-smart agriculture (CSA) and sustainable land management (SLM) to reduce the footprint of the agricultural sector, including restoration of degraded land. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Based on recent reports such as the NDC 3.0, the 2024 UN Country Team reports, and 2025 development frameworks, the Kingdom of Eswatini is actively working toward its 2030 consumption reduction target, particularly through the lens of climate mitigation, energy transition, and waste management. While a comprehensive, single-point update on the exact percentage reduction in total footprint is not explicitly declared, significant strides have been made in strengthening the framework for sustainable consumption. 

From a policy and regulatory development standpoint, the government has accelerated its policy work, integrating sustainable consumption into the updated NDC 3.0 (submitted Sept 2025) and the 2026-2030 UN Cooperation Framework. While the "Nkwe!" (Urgency) call has pushed implementation, continuous reporting of progress in reducing overall footprint is ongoing through the State of Environment Reports and SDG 12 indicators. Main outcomes that haven achieved this far include the following:

Energy transition and consumption efficiency – Under the energy sector, Eswatini has set a target of 50% renewable energy in its electricity mix by 2030, reducing reliance on imported fossil-fuel-based power. The Kingdom has also promoted more efficient biomass stoves to replace traditional, inefficient methods in residential cooking, aiming to reduce biomass consumption significantly. In addition, there is a focus on energy efficiency in the sugar industry and other manufacturing sectors to lower consumption per unit of production. 

Waste management and circular economy – The country is also actively developing strategies for the reduction, reuse, and recycling of waste (Table 17), specifically aiming to reduce open burning and encourage composting of organic waste. Available trade data (Table 18) indicate a rising level of materials recycling in Eswatini, reflected through exports of metal scrap as a proxy indicator. In 2018, exports included 456,700 kg of copper scrap and 3,741,230 kg of ferrous waste and scrap. While 2019 data are incomplete in publicly accessible sources, recorded exports resumed growth from 2021, with 833,193 kg of copper scrap and 382,602 kg of aluminium scrap exported. Recycling activity expanded substantially in 2022, when Eswatini exported 525,197 kg of copper scrap, 3,022,140 kg of aluminium scrap, and 19,564,900 kg of ferrous waste and scrap. In 2023, exports of copper scrap remained significant at 478,761 kg, while ferrous scrap increased further to 28,431,900 kg, although aluminium quantities were not disaggregated in public datasets. Overall, the data show an upward trend in the recovery and export of recyclable metals, particularly ferrous materials, pointing to growing recycling activity despite gaps in consistent annual reporting.

At industrial level, there is an effort to implement better waste management practices, including cleaner production technologies to reduce waste at the source. 

Newly developed policy and regulatory frameworks such as the NDC 3.0 include specific measures for reducing emissions from unsustainable consumption patterns, targeting a reduction in HFC consumption and promoting cleaner energy sources. Lastly, there is an effort through EEA initiatives to shift the consumer behaviour/habits towards sustainable choices, focusing on waste reduction and energy efficiency.

Table 18. Material recycling in Eswatini.

YearCopper scrap (HS 740400) KgAluminium scrap (HS 760200) KgFerrous waste & scrap, iron & steel (HS 720449) KgNotes / Source
2018456 700–3 741 230Copper data from WITS; ferrous from WITS export query. (World Integrated Trade Solution)
2020  Data deficient 
2021833 193382 602–Copper & aluminium from WITS; ferrous not in public view for 2021. (World Integrated Trade Solution)
2022525 1973 022 14019 564 900All three metals exported. (World Integrated Trade Solution)
2023478 761–28 431 900Copper & ferrous scrap exports reported; aluminium not separated in public extract. (World Integrated Trade Solution)
EN
  • With a high unemployment rate nationally (approx. 34% in 2023) and high poverty rates, consumer purchasing power is focused on affordability rather than sustainability. Lower-income populations cannot prioritize higher-priced, eco-friendly goods.
  • A significant portion of goods consumed in Eswatini are imported, particularly from South Africa. This makes the country vulnerable to external supply chain disruptions and limits control over the sustainability of imported goods.
  • There are limited recycling facilities, waste management, and renewable energy infrastructure, which hinders the transition to a circular economy.
  • While urban areas show increasing awareness, rural populations often lack access to information regarding sustainable, low-carbon lifestyles.
  • Weak monitoring systems and fragmented policy enforcement make it difficult to enforce ‘green’ standards on businesses. 
EN

By focusing on a circular economy, energy efficiency, and sustainable agriculture, the country has begun implementing measures that demonstrate early effectiveness. Here are key examples and cases: 

Shifting to renewables and efficiency in the energy sector – To reduce the footprint associated with energy consumption, Eswatini aims to increase the share of renewables in its electricity mix to 50% by 2030. The Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access (ASCENT) initiative focuses on network reinforcement and the scaling of solar, biomass, and hydro energy. By transitioning away from fossil fuel imports and inefficient energy use, Eswatini is curbing greenhouse gas emissions. The project specifically targets improving the stability of the grid to support cleaner, local energy sources. Another initiative is the government promoting energy efficiency in public buildings and encouraging industries to adopt cleaner technologies and thus reducing the per capita consumption of electricity. 

Waste management and circular economy – Eswatini is shifting from the linear take-make-dispose’ model to a circular economy, aiming to reduce waste at the source. An example is EEA’s UNEP/GEF funded national Chemical & Waste project aimed at building capacity to manage hazardous chemicals and electronic waste (e-waste). In addition, training municipal inspectors and creating waste management strategies has increased the safe handling of electronic equipment, reduced the contamination of resources and promoted the recycling of materials, directly reducing the waste footprint. 

Climate-smart practices in the agriculture sector – Recognizing that agricultural production is a major contributor to the national footprint, the country is promoting sustainable farming. Through the FAO-supported Climate-Resilient Agriculture (2025) project, tunnels and shade net structures have been introduced for some smallholder farmers. These technologies protect crops from extreme heat and erratic rainfall, which reduces post-harvest losses and waste. This ensures higher yields with less water and land input, promoting a sustainable consumption cycle for food. 

Policy, regulatory, and educational actions – The government has integrated sustainable production methods into its 2023–2025 development planning (National Development Plan & NDCs). The government is further encouraging public procurement policies that prioritize sustainable, locally sourced products, encouraging the private sector to adopt green practices. 

EN

Target 16.2 primarily contribute to SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production - Target 12.2, 12.5, 12.8): This target is the core of SDG 12 as it aims to achieve sustainable resource management, reduce waste generation through recycling and reuse, and educate consumers, thereby directly enabling the transition to a circular economy. It also advances SDG 13 (Climate Action - Target 13.2) as it aims at reducing the consumption footprint, which will aid the country decrease its demand for energy-intensive goods and reduce waste, which directly supports Eswatini’s NDCs under the Paris Agreement to cut greenhouse gas emissions. It also contributes to SDG 7 (Affordable and Clean Energy - Target 7.3), SDG 11 (Sustainable Cities and Communities - Target 11.6), and SDG 14 & 15 (Life Below Water/On Land). In summary, this target acts as a catalyst for environmental sustainability (SDG 13, 14, 15) and efficient resource use (SDG 7, 12), while promoting a behavioural shift towards responsible living (SDG 11).

EN
Indicator Data
16.b Number of countries developing, adopting or implementing policy instruments aimed at encouraging and enabling people to make sustainable consumption choices KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-16Binary
Partially
Partially
Fully
Target 16.3 By 2030, halve overall waste generation in Eswatini, including reducing the amount of waste sent to landfills, through a comprehensive waste management system that prioritizes waste reduction, recycling, and composting. (National)

To achieve the 2030 goal of halving waste generation and reducing landfill reliance, Eswatini has implemented several key actions centred on circular economy principles. These include the implementation of decentralized waste management, initially through pilot projects (e.g., in Matsapha) focusing on community-level waste segregation at the source (wet vs. dry waste) to simplify recycling and composting. Eswatini has also strengthened its waste management regulatory frameworks, such as the adopting of the Control of Plastic Bags Regulations (2021) to ban or strictly manage single-use plastics and initiating EPR frameworks. EEA has also been promoting composting and recycling through establishing local buy-back centres, drop-off stations, and supporting community-based composting projects, to reduce organic and recyclable waste sent to landfills. Public awareness campaigns have been used to encourage behavioural changes among consumers and households to reduce waste. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini is actively working towards its 2030 target to significantly reduce waste generation and landfill reliance through a circular economy approach, drive by EEA. While challenges remain in rural waste collection coverage, significant progress has been made, particularly in urban, industrial, and institutional sectors. The strategy has shifted from voluntary action to more formalized, mandatory segregation, integrated with updated NDCs aiming for low-carbon development. 

Main outcomes achieved include the development of the National Waste Management and Pollution Prevention Control Strategy and the Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) frameworks that is under development to make manufacturers responsible for end-of-life products. Pilot projects in Matsapha and Mbabane demonstrated the success of community-level waste management, and reducing volume sent to disposal sites. Pilot studies demonstrated a 30% collection rate for post-consumer recyclables, with up to 50% recovery of recyclables from commercial facilities in the urban areas. The 5-year circular economy initiative (2025–2030) supported by the UNDP and GEF is specifically targeting the management of healthcare, electronic, and plastic waste. In addition, there has been other initiatives including the implementation of the ‘Phatsa Sakho Nawe’ campaign, establishment of waste drop-off/buy-back centres, and improved recycling of paper from government offices. The introduction of mandatory separation at source for businesses, aims for a 50% diversion rate for garden waste, with a long-term goal of zero organic waste to landfills by 2038.

EN

Substantial challenges remain to achieve this ambitious goal within the 2023 timeframe, and they include: 

  • There is a lack of adequate collection systems and, most critically, a shortage of proper disposal facilities (sanitary landfills) in many areas, leading to illegal dumping and open burning.
  • Most households and businesses do not separate waste at the source, making recycling and composting inefficient.
  • Municipal councils and the EEA often lack the financial resources to set up and operate necessary facilities.
  • While some informal waste picking occurs at landfills, there is a lack of formalization, safe working conditions, and integration into the broader, formal waste management system.
  • The local market for secondary materials is limited, with much of the waste needing to be transported to South Africa for processing.
  • Lack of reliable, comprehensive data on waste generation volumes and composition hampers effective planning. 
EN

Decentralized waste management in Matsapha (Case study) – EEA partnered with the Centre for Science and Environment (CSE) to implement a decentralised waste management pilot project, primarily focusing on Matsapha, a major industrial hub. Instead of transporting all waste to a central landfill, the project introduced source segregation, encouraging households and businesses to separate wet waste (organic) from dry waste (recyclables) at the source. Segregated organic waste is then composted locally, reducing the volume of waste requiring transport and landfilling. In addition, by engaging local community cooperatives, the project not only diverted waste but also created, jobs, and reduced illegal dumping by educating residents. 

Urban Recycling and Buy-Back Centres (Case of Mbabane City) – The capital city of Mbabane has taken steps to reduce the amount of municipal solid waste sent to landfills through strategic partnerships with local recyclers. The City Council established local waste drop-off stations and incentivized ‘buy-back’ centres where residents can sell recyclable materials like plastics, glass, and paper. The initiatives ensure a significant portion of valuable recyclable materials are redirected to industry rather than the municipal landfill. Also, the program has been credited with reducing illegal dumping and litter in suburban areas, encouraging a cleaner environment. 

Waste-to-compost initiatives (Ezulwini Municipality) – To tackle organic waste which makes up a large portion of domestic waste, local municipalities are partnering with, or encouraging, local entrepreneurship. The Ezulwini Municipality has linked commercial establishments (like hotels) to local women's cooperatives that transform food waste into compost and liquid fertilizer. This reduces the burden on local landfills while supporting organic food production within the community, encouraging a circular economy. 

Extended producer responsibility (EPR) and policies – The government is moving to hold manufacturers responsible for the life cycle of their products, particularly plastics. The MTEA is pushing for, and reviewing, legislation related to EPR through EEA. While implementation has faced challenges, the framework is designed to force companies to manage the packaging waste they introduce to the market, such as PET bottles, which are increasingly being collected by specialized recyclers like Ngwenya Glass. 

2025–2030 UNDP and GEF supported initiative - Eswatini is currently implementing a project supported by the GEF and UNDP to strengthen waste management. The recently launched ‘Reduction of POPs and U-POPs’ project focuses on managing hazardous electronic waste, medical waste, and plastics to promote a circular economy. This initiative strengthens national capacity to handle complex waste streams that, if improperly managed, would lead to toxic pollution, supporting the 2030 goal of a cleaner environment and safer waste disposal.

EN

Implementing the target relates to progress in achieving SDG indicators 12.5.1 and 11.6.1. For SDG 12.5.1, it will avail data on the material recycled in tons per capita, while for SDG 11.6.1, it avails the proportion of municipal solid waste collected and managed in controlled facilities, out of the total municipal waste generated. 

EN
Indicator Data
16.b Number of countries developing, adopting or implementing policy instruments aimed at encouraging and enabling people to make sustainable consumption choices KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-16Binary
Partially
Partially
Fully
Target 17.1 By 2030, Eswatini will have strengthened its biosafety framework to ensure effective regulation of biotechnology applications and equitable access to its results and benefits. (National)

Eswatini has taken steps to strengthen its biosafety framework by reviewing and updating policies and regulations governing biotechnology applications. The Ministry of Agriculture and the Eswatini Environment Authority have led initiatives to align national laws with the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety, establishing procedures for risk assessment, approval, and monitoring of genetically modified organisms). Capacity-building workshops have trained regulatory officials, researchers, and stakeholders on biosafety protocols and risk management. Public awareness campaigns and stakeholder consultations have been conducted to ensure transparency, promote understanding of biotechnology, and facilitate equitable access to its benefits. 

EN
On track to achieve target

National policies and regulations have been reviewed and aligned with the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety, establishing procedures for risk assessment, approval, and monitoring of genetically modified organisms (GMOs). Regulatory institutions, including the Ministry of Agriculture and Eswatini Environment Authority, have conducted capacity-building workshops for officials, researchers, and stakeholders to enhance compliance and risk management. Public awareness campaigns and stakeholder consultations have improved understanding of biotechnology applications and promoted equitable access to their benefits. Importantly, Eswatini has already drafted regulations, and even though regulations are at draft stage, EEA, the regulatory Authority is already regulating biotechnology applications and the importation of new technologies into the country. These efforts have laid the foundation for more effective regulation, though full implementation and operationalization of the framework are ongoing. 

EN

Limited technical and human capacity for regulatory oversight. 

Financial and infrastructure gaps affecting laboratory testing, monitoring, and enforcement. 

Low public understanding of biotechnology and biosafety. 

Inconsistent stakeholder engagement. 

Weak coordination among institutions involved in biotechnology regulation. 

EN

Policy alignment: The government has reviewed national biosafety regulations to align with the Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety, establishing formal procedures for GMO approval, risk assessment, and monitoring. 

Capacity building: Workshops and training sessions for regulatory officials, researchers, and stakeholders have improved technical skills in biosafety risk assessment, compliance, and management. 

Stakeholder engagement: Public consultations and awareness campaigns have increased understanding of biotechnology applications and promoted equitable access to benefits. 

Institutional coordination: Collaboration between the Ministry of Agriculture, Eswatini Environment Authority, and other relevant bodies has strengthened the regulatory framework and clarified roles for effective implementation. 

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) by enabling safe biotechnology applications that can improve agricultural productivity and food security. It advances SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure) through the promotion of responsible scientific innovation and research capacity. Strengthening biosafety frameworks also contributes to SDG 15 (Life on Land) by ensuring that biotechnology use does not harm ecosystems, and SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) by promoting transparent, inclusive, and accountable regulatory processes. 

EN
Indicator Data
17.b Number of countries that have taken action to implement biosafety measures as set out in Article 8(g) of the Convention and measures for the handling of biotechnology and the distribution of its benefits as set out in Article 19 KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-17Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 17.2 By 2030, at least 70% of EmaSwati will understand biotechnology, including its applications, risks, and impacts, enabling inclusive participation in research, decision-making, and information sharing. (National)

Eswatini has implemented actions under its Public Awareness and Education Strategy and Action Plan to improve national understanding of biotechnology and biosafety. Biotechnology and biosafety have been mainstreamed into school curricula at primary, secondary, high school, and tertiary levels. Awareness campaigns have been conducted in collaboration with the National Curriculum Centre to support structured learning. 

Targeted outreach has engaged cotton and maize farmers, Ministry of Agriculture extension officers, and the Cotton Board to strengthen understanding of biotechnology applications and risks in agriculture. Border management agencies, including the Eswatini Revenue Service (Customs Division), Royal Eswatini Police, and port health officers, have received awareness training to support biosafety compliance and monitoring. 

Regional partnerships have further strengthened implementation. Awareness campaigns for policymakers, including MTEA Parliament Portfolio Committees, the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA), Ministry of Agriculture, the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) Board, and the National Biosafety Advisory Committee (NBAC), were conducted with AUDA-NEPAD. Additional campaigns were held with COMESA and PELUM Eswatini, targeting communities to promote informed participation in biotechnology research and decision-making. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has implemented actions under its Public Awareness and Education Strategy and Action Plan to improve national understanding of biotechnology and biosafety. Biotechnology and biosafety have been mainstreamed into school curricula at primary, secondary, high school, and tertiary levels. Awareness campaigns have been conducted in collaboration with the National Curriculum Centre to support structured learning. 

Targeted outreach has engaged cotton and maize farmers, Ministry of Agriculture extension officers, and the Cotton Board to strengthen understanding of biotechnology applications and risks in agriculture. Border management agencies, including the Eswatini Revenue Service (Customs Division), Royal Eswatini Police, and port health officers, have received awareness training to support biosafety compliance and monitoring. 

Regional partnerships have further strengthened implementation. Awareness campaigns for policymakers, including MTEA Parliament Portfolio Committees, the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA), Ministry of Agriculture, the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA) Board, and the National Biosafety Advisory Committee (NBAC)were conducted with AUDA-NEPAD. Additional campaigns were held with COMESA and PELUM Eswatini, targeting communities to promote informed participation in biotechnology research and decision-making. 

EN
  • Limited financial and human resources to sustain nationwide awareness campaigns. 
  • Low scientific literacy in some communities, affecting understanding of biotechnology concepts. 
  • Misinformation and public scepticism regarding biotechnology and GMOs. 
  • Uneven access to information in rural areas. 
  • Limited data to accurately measure national awareness levels against the 70% target. 
EN

Curriculum integration: Mainstreaming biotechnology and biosafety into primary, secondary, and tertiary curricula has institutionalized learning, increasing student exposure to biotechnology concepts nationwide. 

Farmer-focused outreach: Awareness campaigns targeting cotton and maize farmers, in collaboration with the Ministry of Agriculture extension officers and the Cotton Board, have improved understanding of biotechnology applications and risk management in agricultural production. 

Border agency training: Capacity-building for the Eswatini Revenue Service (Customs Division) and the Royal Eswatini Police has strengthened awareness of biosafety regulations, improving monitoring and compliance at points of entry. 

Regional partnerships: Awareness initiatives conducted with AUDA-NEPAD, COMESA, and PELUM Eswatini have engaged policymakers and community groups, increasing informed participation in biotechnology governance. 

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 4 (Quality Education) by strengthening scientific literacy and integrating biotechnology into formal and informal learning systems. It advances SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) through informed adoption of safe agricultural biotechnology that can improve productivity and food security. 

The target also contributes to SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure) by promoting responsible research and innovation, and to SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) by enabling informed public participation, transparency, and inclusive decision-making in biotechnology governance. 

EN
Indicator Data
17.b Number of countries that have taken action to implement biosafety measures as set out in Article 8(g) of the Convention and measures for the handling of biotechnology and the distribution of its benefits as set out in Article 19 KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-17Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 17.3 By 2030, Eswatini will have developed and be implementing guidelines and regulations for addressing emerging biotechnology techniques. (National)

The Biosafety Act of 2012 and the Biosafety (Amendment) Act, 2020, provide regulations for GMOs, with the National Biosafety Regulatory Committee handling approvals. Eswatini permits importing GM food and growing GM crops like cotton, but needs to improve risk assessment capacity, public awareness, and guidelines for new biotechnology methods. 

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has initiated progress toward developing guidelines and regulations for emerging biotechnology techniques through ongoing review of its biosafety framework. Relevant institutions, including the Eswatini Environment Authority and the Ministry of Agriculture, have begun assessing regulatory gaps related to new and emerging biotechnologies, such as gene editing and other advanced molecular techniques. 

EN
  • Limited technical expertise to assess complex emerging techniques such as gene editing. 
  • Gaps in existing legislation that do not fully address new biotechnologies. 
  • Financial and laboratory infrastructure constraints for risk assessment and monitoring. 
  • Slow policy development processes and limited inter-agency coordination. 
  • Limited public understanding of emerging biotechnology applications and risks. 
EN

Capacity-building initiatives: Training workshops for regulators and technical officers have improved competence in risk assessment and oversight of emerging biotechnology applications. 

Regional collaboration: Participation in regional platforms and knowledge-sharing initiatives has exposed national regulators to evolving standards and best practices, supporting alignment with international guidance. 

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 9 (Industry, Innovation and Infrastructure) by promoting responsible innovation and strengthening regulatory systems for emerging technologies. It advances SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) through safe oversight of agricultural biotechnology that can enhance productivity while managing risks. 

The target also contributes to SDG 15 (Life on Land) by safeguarding biodiversity from potential adverse impacts of new biotechnologies, and to SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) by strengthening transparent, science-based regulatory frameworks and public accountability in biotechnology governance. 

EN
Indicator Data
17.b Number of countries that have taken action to implement biosafety measures as set out in Article 8(g) of the Convention and measures for the handling of biotechnology and the distribution of its benefits as set out in Article 19 KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-17Binary
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Partially
Target 18.1 By 2027, identify all incentives and subsidies that negatively impact biodiversity, and all positive incentives and subsidies that promote the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity. (National)

An ongoing study aims to identify and evaluate subsidies and incentives that may adversely affect biodiversity and the environment, at large. This assessment reviews all existing subsidy programs across government ministries. By ranking these incentives based on their ecological impact, the study will inform future actions, such as phasing out harmful subsidies, reforming adjustable programs to minimize harm, and increasing incentives that enhance ecosystem services. Ultimately, this identifies opportunities to redirect resources toward nature-based solutions that promote conservation. This approach provides a roadmap to improve both ecological outcomes and fiscal efficiency, aligning with Eswatini’s NBSAP Targets 3.7–3.9.

EN
On track to achieve target

The national study identifying and assessing potentially harmful subsidies is currently undergoing data collection and stakeholder consultation. As part of this ongoing study, a detailed strategy will be developed to manage these subsidies and pinpoint where major savings and nature-positive solutions can be realized. This strategy will outline a gradual overhaul of the subsidy system, utilizing a priority matrix to weigh environmental gains against financial savings and social fairness. The plan is to eliminate the most damaging subsidies, redirect funds toward eco-friendly initiatives like green infrastructure and agroecology, and establish sustainability standards for moderate-risk programs.

EN

The following challenges are associated with the addressing of the subsidies:

  • Livelihood Dependency: A significant portion of the population relies on these subsidies for their basic needs. Abruptly removing them could lead to immediate economic hardship, particularly for vulnerable households.
  • The "Poverty-Exploitation" Trap: Poverty acts as a primary driver for the overexploitation of natural resources. Without the financial cushion provided by subsidies, there is a risk that desperate individuals may turn to unsustainable harvesting of nature to survive.
  • Sequence and Timing: There is a high risk of "policy gaps", periods where a harmful subsidy has been removed but the replacement "green" incentive is not yet fully functional or accessible.
  • Social Fairness and Resistance: If the transition is perceived as prioritizing environmental gains over human welfare, it may face significant public and political pushback, stalling the entire reform process.
EN
  • As part of the Early Action Support programme, the ENTC conducted a preliminary assessment of Potentially Harmful Subsidies for Eswatini, reviewing incentives and subsidies in agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy to determine those negatively affecting biodiversity. This assessment established a foundation for the ongoing national assessment that will provide a clear basis for policy dialogue on reforming harmful incentives.
  • Stakeholder consultations: Workshops with government agencies, civil society, and private sector actors will explore options to redesign incentives to promote sustainable practices.
  • Integration into planning: Findings from the ENTC assessment are being used to inform the National Development Planning to incorporate forts to phase out harmful subsidies and strengthen positive incentives that support conservation and sustainable resource use.
EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production) by identifying and reforming subsidies that drive unsustainable resource use. It also advances SDG 14 (Life Below Water) and SDG 15 (Life on Land) by promoting financial incentives that conserve ecosystems and biodiversity. Additionally, reforming harmful incentives contributes to SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) by aligning economic support with sustainable practices, ensuring that development benefits do not come at the expense of biodiversity.

EN
Indicator Data
18.1 Positive incentives in place to promote biodiversity conservation and sustainable use GBF-INDICATOR-18.1Headline
No data available
Ongoing national assessment of potentially harmful subsidies and positive incentives underway (ENTC preliminary assessment conducted under Early Action Support programme), but not yet completed. No quantitative inventory of positive incentives currently available. The ongoing assessment uses national data sets and covers agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors.
EN
18.2 Value of subsidies and other incentives harmful to biodiversity GBF-INDICATOR-18.2Headline
No data available
Ongoing national assessment of potentially harmful subsidies and positive incentives underway (ENTC preliminary assessment conducted under Early Action Support programme), but not yet completed. No quantitative inventory of positive incentives currently available. This ongoing assessment uses national data sets and covers agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors.
EN
Target 18.2 By 2028, develop a detailed action plan to eliminate, phase out, or reform incentives and subsidies that are harmful to biodiversity, while also scaling up incentives that support biodiversity conservation and sustainable use. (National)

Eswatini has begun implementing steps toward this target through the ongoing assessment of potentially harmful subsidies and the country will use the findings of the assessment to inform policy reforms. Part of the exercise is the drafting of action plans to phase out or reform subsidies that encourage unsustainable practices in agriculture, forestry, fisheries, energy, and any other relevant sectors, while simultaneously identifying and scaling up positive incentives that support conservation and sustainable resource use.

EN
On track to achieve target

The implementation of target 18.2 follows a "transition logic" designed to ensure that the removal of a harmful incentive is immediately met with a positive one, preventing a "livelihood gap."

  • Phase 1 (Current – 2025- 2026): The "Screening" Phase. Identifying which subsidies (e.g. fossil fuels, chemical agricultural inputs, etc.) have the highest "negative return on investment" for nature.
  • Phase 2 (Developing): The "Reform" Phase. Drafting legislation that conditions government support on "Nature-Positive" outcomes, for example, making agricultural machinery subsidies contingent on conservation farming practices.
  • Phase 3 (Target 2028): The "Scaling" Phase. Full implementation of the new incentive structure, where savings from eliminated harmful subsidies are funnelled into Eswatini’s NBSAP Targets 3.7–3.9.
EN

Reforming harmful subsidies is a complex "balancing act" for Eswatini as discussed below; 

  • Many subsidies in the agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors are deeply entrenched in the national economy, making their removal or reform a significant political challenge.
  • High poverty levels mean a large portion of the population depends directly on these subsidies for household income and food security. Any shift in funding risks making vulnerable citizens worse off if not managed carefully.
  • Because poverty often drives the overexploitation of natural resources, reducing financial support without immediate alternatives could inadvertently increase pressure on biodiversity.
  • There is incomplete data regarding the specific impacts of various subsidies on biodiversity. This is compounded by weak monitoring systems that struggle to track ecological changes in real-time.
  • The reform process may be slowed by a shortage of technical expertise and human resources needed to design and implement complex "nature-positive" financial instruments.
EN

Eswatini has initiated actions toward reforming harmful and promoting positive biodiversity incentives, though the process is still ongoing. The Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) is conducting an assessment to identify potentially harmful subsidies in sectors such as agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy. Preliminary stakeholder consultations with government agencies, civil society, and the private sector have helped highlight key areas of concern and inform the design of future reforms. Draft frameworks are being prepared to phase out or reform harmful incentives and scale up positive measures, including conservation grants and support for sustainable resource use. Capacity-building initiatives for policymakers and sector officials are strengthening technical skills to support evidence-based implementation once the assessment is complete.

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production) by reforming subsidies that drive unsustainable practices. It advances SDG 15 (Life on Land) and SDG 14 (Life Below Water) by promoting incentives that conserve ecosystems and biodiversity. By aligning economic support with sustainable resource use, it also contributes to SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 2 (Zero Hunger), ensuring that livelihoods dependent on natural resources remain secure while reducing environmental degradation.

EN
Indicator Data
18.1 Positive incentives in place to promote biodiversity conservation and sustainable use GBF-INDICATOR-18.1Headline
No data available
Ongoing national assessment of potentially harmful subsidies and positive incentives underway (ENTC preliminary assessment conducted under Early Action Support programme), but not yet completed. No quantitative inventory of positive incentives currently available. The ongoing assessment uses national data sets and covers agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors.
EN
18.2 Value of subsidies and other incentives harmful to biodiversity GBF-INDICATOR-18.2Headline
No data available
Ongoing national assessment of potentially harmful subsidies and positive incentives underway (ENTC preliminary assessment conducted under Early Action Support programme), but not yet completed. No quantitative inventory of positive incentives currently available. This ongoing assessment uses national data sets and covers agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors.
EN
Target 18.3 By 2030, eliminate or phase out incentives and subsidies that are harmful to biodiversity, reform those that can be adjusted to minimize harm, and increase positive incentives by 25% in a fair, just, and equitable manner. (National)

Eswatini’s implementation of Target 18.3 follows a phased roadmap that begins with the systematic identification and classification of all national subsidies and incentives to isolate those harmful to biodiversity. To facilitate the phasing out of detrimental practices, the government is exploring and promoting nature-based solutions as sustainable substitutes, such as organic fertilizers and agroforestry initiatives that yield significant socio-economic returns while enhancing soil and water health. Positive incentives are being expanded through the Temvelo Awards, which provide reputational advantages to environmental leaders, and the launch of the Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) framework, which offers formal recognition to private and community land managers who commit their territories to conservation. These actions are integrated with broader fiscal reforms, including the planned introduction of environmental taxes and levies and the development of a national Green Finance Taxonomy to ensure that financial flows are redirected from nature-negative activities toward sustainable, equitable outcomes.

EN
On track to achieve target

There is a currently ongoing assessment to identify and categorize potentially harmful subsidies across all sectors of the country’s government including, but not limited to the agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors. This technical foundation has enabled preliminary stakeholder consultations that are now informing the design of draft frameworks intended to phase out detrimental incentives in a fair and equitable manner. A major achieved outcome in this transition is the finalization of the Eswatini Green Finance Taxonomy, which provides a standardized framework for financial institutions to identify sustainable activities and begin redirecting capital toward nature-positive projects.

In terms of scaling up rewards, the Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) framework has already secured 18,000 hectares of land for conservation by providing grants and formal recognition to qualifying areas. Direct financial incentives are further provided through the Eswatini Environment Fund, which recently awarded E2 million in grants to 56 community projects focused on nature restoration. Additionally, the country has successfully quantified the benefits of nature-based substitutes, such as agroforestry, which demonstrates a return of up to $1.52 for every dollar invested. Reputational incentives have also evolved through the Temvelo Awards, which now include categories like the Sustainable Manufacturing Industry Award to reward businesses that exceed environmental compliance. These efforts are complemented by intensive capacity-building for policymakers to ensure that the eventual phase-out of harmful subsidies is guided by robust, evidence-based implementation strategies.

EN

Subsidy reform is highly sensitive because many current incentives target vital socio-economic goals, such as food and energy security. Phasing out these supports can meet resistance from vested interests, sectoral lobbies, and small-scale farmers who rely on them for immediate survival.

Eswatini faces severe ‘headwinds’, including high rates of poverty (52.1%) and youth unemployment, which sometimes take precedence over environmental fiscal reforms in national policy discussions.

There is a significant technical challenge in accurately mapping and quantifying the environmental ‘externalities or costs of existing subsidies across different sectors. Limited information sharing between among relevant stakeholders delays the development of a unified reform strategy.

EN

Economic Viability of Nature-based Solutions (NbS): An assessment of agroforestry pilots in the Maguga, Hendrick Van Eck, and Sand River Dam areas revealed that for every $1 invested in this nature-based infrastructure, between $1.46 and $1.52 is returned in benefits, including avoided crop losses from drought and new revenue streams. This quantified evidence is being used to justify the shift from traditional chemical-intensive subsidies to more sustainable agricultural models.

Expansion of Conserved Areas through OECMs: The launch of the Other Effective Area-Based Conservation Measures (OECM) framework has successfully incentivized communities and private owners to commit approximately 18,000 hectares of land to conservation. This action effectively expanded Eswatini’s system of protected and conserved areas from 3.9% to 5.2% in just five years, utilizing grants and formal recognition rather than mandatory regulation.

EN

The implementation of Target 18.3 in Eswatini is a strategic catalyst for the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, bridging the gap between national fiscal policy and ecological resilience. The relationship is characterized by the following thematic links:

SDG 15 (Life on Land): The target directly advances SDG Target 15.9 by embedding biodiversity values into the national financial sector through the Eswatini Green Finance Taxonomy. Furthermore, the OECM framework uses positive incentives to expand the system of protected and conserved areas, which has already grown from 3.9% to 5.2%.

SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production): By identifying and phasing out harmful subsidies for synthetic agricultural chemicals in favour of organic inputs and nature-based solutions, Eswatini supports SDG Target 12.4 on the environmentally sound management of chemicals and waste. The Temvelo Awards further incentivize this shift by recognizing manufacturers that exceed environmental compliance.

SDG 13 (Climate Action): The promotion of nature-based substitutes like agroforestry provides a dual benefit: it restores biodiversity while returning between $1.46 and $1.52 in benefits for every $1 invested through drought mitigation and enhanced carbon sequestration. These solutions serve as critical buffers against climate-related hazards.

EN
Indicator Data
18.1 Positive incentives in place to promote biodiversity conservation and sustainable use GBF-INDICATOR-18.1Headline
No data available
Ongoing national assessment of potentially harmful subsidies and positive incentives underway (ENTC preliminary assessment conducted under Early Action Support programme), but not yet completed. No quantitative inventory of positive incentives currently available. The ongoing assessment uses national data sets and covers agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors.
EN
18.2 Value of subsidies and other incentives harmful to biodiversity GBF-INDICATOR-18.2Headline
No data available
Ongoing national assessment of potentially harmful subsidies and positive incentives underway (ENTC preliminary assessment conducted under Early Action Support programme), but not yet completed. No quantitative inventory of positive incentives currently available. This ongoing assessment uses national data sets and covers agriculture, forestry, fisheries, and energy sectors.
EN
Target 19 Secure $10 million annually from domestic, international, public, and private sources, by 2030, to fully implement the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP) through collaborative efforts. (National)

Eswatini is implementing Target 19 through a comprehensive roadmap aimed at establishing the financial architecture required to meet its US$10 million annual funding goal by 2030. A foundational step was the rapid review of the NBSAP (August–October 2024), which aligned national targets with the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework and quantified the resource requirements. To address the identified gap, Eswatini has partnered with the GEF-8 Umbrella Programme to develop its first National Biodiversity Finance Plan (BFP) using the BIOFIN methodology. This initiative includes a Biodiversity Expenditure Review aiming at quantifying the country’s expenditure on biodiversity matters.Reforming harmful subsidies and any financial flows is a priority action intended to redirect domestic finance toward nature-positive and biodiversity-inclusive projects. The Eswatini Environment Fund (EEF) serves as the primary mechanism for aggregating and channelling these funds, having already mobilized over E10 million for community-based projects. To catalyse private sector contributions, the government has finalized the Eswatini Green Finance Taxonomy and established platforms like the Green Indaba to attract sustainable investment. These collaborative efforts are illustrated by successful pilots such as CONCO Eswatini’s recent $50,000 investment in the Lusushwana river catchment restoration, which signals a shift toward shared-value corporate stewardship.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Quantification of Financial Requirements: A critical milestone was the rapid review of the NBSAP (August–October 2024), which aligned national targets with the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework and established an annual funding requirement of US$10 million by 2030. Although this figure is subject to change as the full revision of the NBSAP is being finalized, it provides the "north star" for the first National Biodiversity Finance Plan (BFP) currently being developed under the GEF-8 Umbrella Programme.

Diagnostic Insights from the Biodiversity Expenditure Review: The country conducted a preliminary review of its biodiversity expenditure to provide a roadmap for fiscal reform. The review has shifted national strategy toward the "redirection" of existing domestic expenditures as one of the sources of biodiversity finance.

Mobilization via the Eswatini Environment Fund (EEF): The EEF has successfully institutionalized a domestic mechanism for channelling funds to grassroots conservation. To date, the fund has mobilized over E10 million and disbursed over E8 million in grants to support 71 community projects. In the 2025 cycle alone, E2 million was issued to 56 projects across five thematic areas, including sustainable land management and climate action.

Unlocking Private Sector Capital: The finalization of the Eswatini Green Finance Taxonomy in 2025 is a primary outcome for catalyzing private investment. By providing a standardized definition of "green" activities, it enables the Central Bank of Eswatini and local financial institutions to integrate nature-related risks into their frameworks and launch new products like sustainability-linked loans.

Collaborative Stewardship Examples The effectiveness of collaborative efforts is illustrated by CONCO Eswatini, which invested US$50,000 (E870,000) to support a nature-based solutions pilot along the Lusushwana River. This partnership mobilized community volunteers to clear 80 hectares of invasive plants, demonstrating a successful "shared-value" model where private investment directly addresses industrial water shortages while restoring biodiversity.

EN

Massive Resource Gap: Current funding levels remain far below the estimated US$10 million annual requirement, hampered by a historical lack of precise data on the costs of comprehensive NBSAP implementation.

Technical and Data Limitations: There is a critical shortage of skilled personnel to identify and measure nature-related financial risks, as well as a lack of systematic reporting mechanisms for private sector biodiversity spending.

Competing Socio-Economic Priorities: High rates of poverty (52.1%) and youth unemployment (58%) often relegate biodiversity financing to the periphery of national development discussions.

EN

Regulatory Alignment (Green Finance Taxonomy): The finalization of the Eswatini Green Finance Taxonomy in 2025 serves as a primary outcome for systemically redirecting capital. This tool has allowed the Central Bank of Eswatini to integrate nature-related risks into its supervisory framework and has enabled local financial institutions to begin launching new products, such as sustainability-linked loans, to unlock green investment.

Economic Case for Livelihood Transition (Agroforestry Research): To support the redirection of domestic budget from harmful subsidies, the government has successfully quantified the return on investment for nature-based alternatives. Assessments of agroforestry pilots near the Maguga and Sand River dams revealed that for every $1 invested in this nature-based infrastructure, between $1.46 and $1.52 is returned in benefits, including avoided crop losses from drought and new revenue streams.

EN

The relationship between Target 19 and the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) is defined by the following links:

SDG 15 (Life on Land): Target 19 is the primary national mechanism for achieving SDG Target 15.a, which calls for the mobilization and significant increase of financial resources from all sources to conserve and sustainably use biodiversity. By securing a sufficient budget for biodiversity, Eswatini can ensure the long-term health of the ecosystems that form the foundation of its economy.

SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals): The implementation process, including the development of a National Biodiversity Finance Plan (BFP) through the BIOFIN methodology, aligns with SDG 17's focus on domestic resource mobilization and international cooperation. This collaborative architecture is essential for closing the $700 billion annual global biodiversity financing gap.

SDG 13 (Climate Action): Target 19 seeks to optimize co-benefits and synergies between biodiversity and climate finance. By funding nature-based solutions like the Lusushwana River catchment restoration, Eswatini simultaneously protects biodiversity and builds climate resilience, directly advancing SDG 13.

EN
Indicator Data
D.1 International public funding, including official development assistance for conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-D.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesRecipient 2015 USD (millions) 0.00103
YesRecipient 2016 USD (millions) 3.06251
YesRecipient 2017 USD (millions) 2.65388
YesRecipient 2018 USD (millions) 0.1246
YesRecipient 2019 USD (millions) 3.8118
YesRecipient 2020 USD (millions) 3.19808
YesRecipient 2021 USD (millions) 2.10114
YesRecipient 2022 USD (millions) 1.44039
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator measures international public finance provided to developing countries for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems. This includes official development assistance (ODA),other official flows (OOF) and private sector instruments (PSI) from the DAC Creditor Reporting System (CRS) from bilateral DAC donors, non-DAC donors, as well as contributions from multilateral institutions, and complemented with flows reported under the Total Official Support for Sustainable Development (TOSSD) framework.

The data displayed here is the annual official development assistance for biodiversity provided by OECD Development Assistance Committee (DAC) donors, through the Creditor Reporting System (CRS). Total ODA transferred for use in biodiversity and conservation efforts are displayed by recipient and by donor in constant US dollars.

There is also GEF funding to Eswatini 2019–2025: Multiple active projects (GEF-8 FSIP, GEF-7 GBF-EAS).  

EN
D.2 Domestic public funding on conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-D.2Headline
No data available
No comprehensive annual government biodiversity expenditure tracking system is in place. The Biodiversity Expenditure Review, initiated under the GEF-7 Global Biodiversity Framework Early Action Support Project using BIOFIN methodology, is ongoing and not yet complete. Contextual data: the Eswatini Environment Fund (EEF) - the primary domestic financing mechanism - has mobilized over E10 million (~USD 540,000) in total and disbursed over E8 million to 71 community conservation projects to date; in the 2025 cycle alone E2 million was disbursed to 56 projects. The estimated annual funding requirement for the implementation of strategic actions for the GBF targets is E185 million (USD ~10 million).
EN
D.3 Private funding (domestic and international) on conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-D.3Headline
No data available
No systematic private sector biodiversity expenditure reporting mechanism exists; the Eswatini Green Finance Taxonomy (finalized 2025) is intended to catalyse and track future private investment. Contextual data: CONCO Eswatini invested USD 50,000 (E870,000) in the Lusushwana River catchment restoration (2025). Total international project co-financing (GEF and bilateral donors) approximately USD 98.4 million over 2016–2025.
EN

In the ongoing Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration project, most of the cofinancing is from public sector.

EN
Target 20 By 2030, Eswatini will create an enabling environment for individuals and institutions to contribute to biodiversity conservation, through capacity-building, technology transfer, innovation, and collaboration. (National)

Capacity-building initiatives for biodiversity conservation in Eswatini are underway through various projects, training programmes, and institutional arrangements. The University of Eswatini provides tertiary education in environmental sciences, wildlife management, and related disciplines, producing graduates with technical capacity for conservation careers. ENTC conducts training for conservation practitioners, including protected area managers, rangers, and community conservation facilitators. International projects including the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project, SAPEMP, and NBSAP revision process include capacity-building components targeting government officials, community members, and civil society organisations.

Technology transfer occurs through project implementation, where international expertise and technologies are introduced and localised. The Eswatini Wildlife Forensics Laboratory (EWILD), established at the University of Eswatini in 2023, represents a significant technology transfer achievement, bringing wildlife DNA forensic analysis capacity to the country. Innovation in conservation approaches is demonstrated through Eswatini's pioneering OECM Framework (first in Africa and globally to launch official OECM Guidelines in 2021), community-based conservation models at sites like Shewula, and integration of traditional knowledge with scientific conservation planning. Collaboration occurs through multi-stakeholder platforms including NBSAP revision consultations, Integrated Landscape Management Plan development processes, and project implementation partnerships. However, systematic tracking of capacity-building reach, technology transfer effectiveness, and innovation diffusion is not conducted.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Capacity-building activities are occurring across multiple initiatives, with training programmes documented for conservation practitioners, farmers, community members, and government officials. The University of Eswatini's environmental science programmes provide foundational capacity, while ENTC's practitioner training and project-based capacity-building address operational conservation skills. The establishment of EWILD demonstrates successful technology transfer in a specialised technical area (wildlife forensics). Eswatini's OECM Framework leadership and community conservation innovations show that the country can develop and pilot cutting-edge conservation approaches. Moreover, comprehensive data on the number of individuals and institutions benefiting from capacity-building annually are not systematically compiled across all programmes and projects. While individual projects may track their own training statistics, national aggregation does not occur, making it impossible to assess whether capacity-building is reaching sufficient scale to create the 'enabling environment' envisioned in the target. Technology transfer is occurring but is not systematically documented or evaluated for effectiveness in building long-term national capacity versus creating project-dependent expertise. Collaboration platforms exist but lack formal institutional status and sustained funding beyond project lifespans, limiting their durability. A national capacity needs assessment for biodiversity conservation identifying priority skills gaps, institutional capacity constraints, and training requirements has not been comprehensively conducted recently.

EN
  • Number of individuals and institutions benefiting from capacity-building annually is not systematically compiled across all programmes
  • Priority skills gaps and institutional capacity constraints for biodiversity conservation have not been comprehensively identified through systematic assessment
  • Training and technology transfer occur primarily through time-bound projects; sustained institutional capacity-building mechanisms beyond project cycles are limited
  • Capacity-building activities by different organisations and projects are not coordinated through a national framework, resulting in potential duplication and gaps
  • Trained individuals may leave conservation sector for higher-paying opportunities, representing capacity loss
  • Technologies introduced through projects may not be maintained after project completion if local technical support and spare parts are unavailable
  • Innovations developed in pilot projects (e.g., OECM models, community conservation approaches) are not systematically scaled or replicated nationally

Multi-stakeholder platforms established for projects often dissolve when project funding ends

EN

government, civil society, communities, and private sector, serving as a national capacity-building exercise in biodiversity planning. By engaging multiple stakeholders in workshops that used participatory tools (canvases, spatial prioritisation exercises, target-setting methodologies), the process built national capacity in evidence-based biodiversity planning while also strengthening collaboration networks among institutions that will implement the NBSAP.

EN

Target 20 contributes to SDG 4.7 on ensuring all learners acquire knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development; SDG 17.6 on enhancing international cooperation on science, technology, and innovation; SDG 17.9 on enhancing international support for implementing capacity-building in developing countries; and SDG 17.16 on enhancing the global partnership for sustainable development through multi-stakeholder partnerships.

EN
Indicator Data
20.b Number of countries that have taken significant action to strengthen capacity-building and development and access to and transfer of technology, and to promote the development of and access to innovation and technical and scientific cooperation KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-20Binary
Partially
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Partially
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Partially
Target 21 By 2030, ensure that biodiversity and ecosystem values information is available and accessible to 75% of Eswatini citizens to guide conservation actions, by strengthening communication, awareness-raising, education, and the integration of traditional knowledge. (National)

Eswatini’s implementation of Target 21 involves a multi-pronged strategy to enhance technical data accessibility, reform environmental education, and institutionalize traditional knowledge. A primary technical action is the use of the Species Information Index (SII) to track the adequacy of publicly available species data, which reached a record high of 15.1 in 2024, reflecting improved monitoring coverage for terrestrial vertebrates over the last decade. To foster foundational awareness, the government is mainstreaming biodiversity values into school and tertiary curricula while developing frameworks like the Green School Quality Standard 2025 to transition institutions into climate-ready learning environments. Public engagement is further strengthened through the Eswatini National Trust Commission's (ENTC) educational tours and cultural presentations, as well as high-visibility awareness campaigns at large-scale events like the MTN Bushfire Festival. Finally, the country has institutionalized the collection of Traditional and Indigenous Knowledge (TIK) through national outreach programs and launched initiatives specifically designed to empower women and youth as active leaders and custodians of this knowledge in conservation planning.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The implementation of Target 21 in Eswatini involves a combination of technical data improvements, educational reform, and the systematic validation of indigenous knowledge. The following main actions have been taken to achieve these objectives:

Biodiversity Data Monitoring and Reporting: Eswatini has utilized the Species Information Index (SII) to assess the adequacy of publicly available species data. The index reached a record high of 15.1 in 2024, reflecting improved coverage and transparency in monitoring terrestrial vertebrates, particularly birds.

Curriculum Mainstreaming: Biodiversity and ecosystem values are being integrated into the curricula of both primary schools and tertiary institutions to ensure foundational awareness among citizens.

Green School Quality Standard 2025: Developed in partnership with UNESCO, this framework helps schools transition into climate-ready institutions by embedding sustainability and climate action into their governance and learning environments.

Educational Outreach and Cultural Heritage: The Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) conducts guided tours, nature walks at reserves like Mlawula, and in-class presentations on environmental and cultural topics such as the annual reed dance (umhlanga) and traditional quisine (kudla kweSiSwati) for students.

Strategic Communication and Public Engagement: Awareness is raised through radio, television, and print media, as well as high-visibility platforms like the MTN Bushfire Festival, which reached over 20,000 participants to promote climate action and conservation.

Collection of Traditional and Indigenous Knowledge (TIK): The government led a national outreach program in 2022 to collect TIK from communities in the Hhohho and Shiselweni regions to inform the National Adaptation Plan (NAP).

Empowerment of Knowledge Custodians: A major initiative launched in August 2025 focuses on ensuring women, youth, and marginalized groups serve as active leaders and custodians of traditional knowledge in national conservation efforts.

EN

Eswatini faces significant structural and technical obstacles in achieving Target 21, notably a profound imbalance in biodiversity data and a persistent digital divide. While monitoring is relatively advanced for certain groups, the Species Information Index for mammals remains remarkably low at 4.0, and a lack of population sampling in protected areas has left many species classified as "Data Deficient". Implementation is further constrained by the high cost of technology, which risks excluding rural populations, the elderly, and the disabled from essential information platforms. These issues are compounded by insufficient funding for continuous monitoring and integration of global datasets into national conservation programs.

To overcome these barriers, the government is adopting inclusive, technology-driven approaches that prioritize community empowerment and data modernization. This includes exploring the use of artificial intelligence to bridge traditional wisdom with scientific education and upgrading national infrastructure with remote sensing and GIS tools to improve real-time ecosystem mapping. Further efforts focus on accelerating the rollout of the Green School Quality Standard 2025 to institutionalize climate readiness in schools, alongside strategic partnerships with high-visibility platforms like the MTN Bushfire Festival to drive broad public engagement. Crucially, the strategy has shifted toward empowering women, youth, and marginalized groups as active leaders and custodians of traditional knowledge, ensuring that conservation actions are equitable and rooted in local realities.

Another challenge is that media houses are not capacitated in biodiversity matters which means they run the risk of misinformation, disinformation, and sensationalism when reporting on these important issues, when they need to advocate or present a case for stakeholder.

EN

Some cases that illustrate the effectiveness of the actions taken by Eswatini to implement the target include: 

Educational Reform (Green School Quality Standard 2025): Developed by UNESCO and the Eswatini Environment Authority (EEA), this standard has effectively institutionalized sustainability in schools by providing a common framework for greening governance and curricula. A notable success case is Motshane Inkhundla, the 2025 Temvelo Awards "Green Inkhundla" winner, which leveraged youth leadership to execute a large-scale reforestation mission across the Kupheleni, Nduma, and Mpolonjeni communities to restore nature and combat climate hazards.   

Strategic Public Awareness (MTN Bushfire Festival): Partnerships with high-visibility platforms like the MTN Bushfire Festival have effectively reached more than 20,000 citizens to promote climate action and conservation values. This engagement is complemented by the Temvelo Awards, which incentivize environmental excellence by recognizing community-led projects such as the Sigcaweni Donga Rehabilitation flagship.

Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project (MERP): This project demonstrates the effective integration of traditional wisdom and livelihoods through Farmer Field Schools. In the Shewula community, lead farmers have successfully adopted low-cost, sustainable land management techniques, such as converting cow dung into organic manure and intercropping, which have measurably improved soil moisture retention and boosted household food security.

EN

The implementation of Target 21 in Eswatini is a strategic catalyst for several Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), as it ensures that the foundational knowledge required for sustainable development is both inclusive and evidence based.

The relationship between Target 21 and the SDGs is characterized by the following thematic links:

  • SDG 4 (Quality Education): The mainstreaming of biodiversity into school and tertiary curricula directly supports SDG Target 4.7, which aims to ensure all learners acquire the knowledge needed to promote sustainable development. The ‘Green School Quality Standard 2025’ acts as a practical mechanism to transition learning environments into "climate-ready" institutions, fostering environmental stewardship from a young age.
  • SDG 17 (Partnerships for the Goals): Target 21 aligns with SDG Targets 17.6 and 17.7, which focus on international cooperation and the sharing of knowledge and environmentally sound technologies. By improving the Species Information Index (SII) through global platforms like the Global Biodiversity Information Facility (GBIF), Eswatini enhances its data transparency and contributes to global scientific monitoring networks.
  • SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities): Addressing the "digital and literacy divide" is central to Target 21’s mission of reaching 75% of citizens. This effort directly advances SDG 10 by seeking to include rural communities, the elderly, and persons with disabilities, who are currently at the highest risk of information exclusion, into national governance and decision-making processes.
  • SDG 5 (Gender Equality): The systematic collection of Traditional and Indigenous Knowledge (TIK) explicitly targets women as primary custodians and leaders in conservation. This empowers women to serve as "innovators" in environmental policy, ensuring that conservation solutions are gender-responsive and rooted in local community realities.
  • SDG 15 (Life on Land): By providing accessible data to guide conservation, the target supports SDG Target 15.9, which mandates the integration of ecosystem values into national and local planning. Robust information on species status allows for more effective management of terrestrial ecosystems, which are the backbone of Eswatini’s economy.
EN
Indicator Data
21.1 Indicator on biodiversity information for monitoring the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework GBF-INDICATOR-21.1Headline
No data available
Due to lack of data on the headline indicator, Eswatini utilizes the Species Information Index (SII) as a strategic proxy, which reached a record high of 15.1 in 2024, reflecting a significant decadal improvement in the public availability and monitoring coverage of terrestrial vertebrate data. This technical advancement is supported by a multi-pronged strategy to mainstream biodiversity through the Green School Quality Standard 2025 and the integration of conservation values into national curricula and high-visibility public platforms like the MTN Bushfire Festival. Furthermore, the Kingdom has institutionalized the collection of Traditional and Indigenous Knowledge via national outreach programs that specifically empower women and youth as primary custodians, ensuring that both scientific data and ancestral wisdom are harmonized within the national conservation planning framework.
EN
Target 22.1 By 2030, ensure that all biodiversity decision-making processes include meaningful participation from previously underrepresented groups, including women and girls, and persons with disabilities. (National)

Government agencies and partners have held inclusive stakeholder consultations during NBSAP revision and biodiversity planning processes, ensuring that women, youth, and persons with disabilities are invited to contribute views and priorities. Capacity‑building workshops and training sessions on gender‑responsive and inclusive biodiversity governance have been conducted for community leaders, civil society, and practitioners, strengthening understanding of diverse needs in decision‑making forums.

The Gender and Biodiversity Project under the NBSAP Accelerator Partnership has supported institutional efforts to mainstream inclusion principles into policy and planning frameworks. Civil society organisations have also organised targeted engagements to amplify the voices of persons with disabilities and women’s groups in local natural resource governance platforms. 

EN
On track to achieve target

Inclusive stakeholder consultations during NBSAP revision have engaged women, youth, and persons with disabilities, while capacity-building workshops have strengthened institutional understanding of gender-responsive and inclusive governance. The Gender and Biodiversity Project and civil society initiatives have further mainstreamed inclusion into policies and local resource governance. These actions have increased representation and awareness, providing a foundation for broader and more systematic participation. Several ongoing projects on ecosystem restoration and other biodiversity related activities have been intentional about ensuring fair representation and meaningful participation of all. These include the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project (MERP), the Smallholder Agricultural Productivity Enhancement and Marketing Project (SAPEMP), and the Smallholder Market-Led Project (SMLP), to mention a few. 

EN

Limited resources, weak monitoring systems, and insufficient data on participation constrain efforts to document the level of meaningful inclusion.

EN

Inclusive NBSAP consultations engaged women, youth, and persons with disabilities in shaping policy priorities. Capacity-building workshops for leaders and practitioners strengthened skills in gender-responsive and inclusive governance. The Gender and Biodiversity Project mainstreamed inclusion into institutional frameworks, while civil society initiatives provided platforms for marginalized groups to influence local resource management. These actions have increased awareness, representation, and opportunities for meaningful participation in biodiversity governance.

EN

Implementation of this target advances SDG 5 (Gender Equality), SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities), and SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) by promoting inclusive, participatory, and representative biodiversity decision-making for women, girls, and marginalized groups.

EN
Indicator Data
22.1 Land-use change and land tenure in the traditional territories of indigenous peoples and local communities GBF-INDICATOR-22.1Headline
No data available
No systematic national data available on land-use change and land tenure in traditional territories (Swazi Nation Land - SNL). Land tenure on SNL is complex: citizens hold use rights without formal ownership, limiting documentation of tenure arrangements. SNL covers the majority of national territory; formal mapping of tenure changes in traditional territories not undertaken.
EN
22.b Number of countries taking action towards the full, equitable, inclusive, effective and gender responsive representation and participation in decision-making, and access to justice and information related to biodiversity by indigenous peoples and local communities, respecting their cultures and their rights over lands, territories, resources and traditional knowledge, as well as by women and girls, children and youth, and persons with disabilities, and the full protection of environmental human rights defenders KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-22Binary
22.1 Does your country have policy, legislative and administrative frameworks at the national and subnational levels that:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over traditional knowledge
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Yes
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Fully
22.3 Does your country monitor the following:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Rights over traditional knowledge
Yes
Target 22.2 By 2030, strengthen national legal frameworks and enforcement to protect local communities’ rights, ensuring full access to justice and information. (National)

Actions include amending laws to align with constitutional guarantees, promoting access to environmental information through public awareness campaigns, and integrating rights‑based language into national biodiversity and natural resource policies. Government agencies and partners have supported legal literacy programmes that help communities understand and claim their rights.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini is developing a national land policy to clarify tenure, align customary and statutory systems, and strengthen community and women’s land rights. The policy aims to improve equitable access to land and resources, support sustainable management, and guide reforms under targets like 23.3.

EN

Progress in protecting community rights in Eswatini faces challenges, especially on Swazi Nation Land (SNL), where citizens hold land use rights without formal ownership. This limits access to credit, legal protections, and economic opportunities. Gaps between statutory law and customary practice, low awareness of rights, weak enforcement, and limited training for officials and traditional leaders further constrain effective protection.

EN

Eswatini has begun the protection of community rights through legal reforms that reinforce constitutional guarantees, integration of rights into biodiversity and natural resource policies, and targeted legal literacy campaigns. Traditional leaders and officials have strengthened enforcement and dispute resolution, while participatory monitoring initiatives have improved community access to information and accountability. These measures show early effectiveness, particularly for residents of Swazi Nation Land who hold use rather than ownership rights.

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 5 (Gender Equality) by strengthening women’s land and resource rights, and SDG 10 (Reduced Inequalities) by protecting marginalized groups. It advances SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) through improved access to justice, inclusive governance, and transparency, and contributes to SDG 15 (Life on Land) by promoting equitable and sustainable management of natural resources.

EN
Indicator Data
22.1 Land-use change and land tenure in the traditional territories of indigenous peoples and local communities GBF-INDICATOR-22.1Headline
No data available
No systematic national data available on land-use change and land tenure in traditional territories (Swazi Nation Land - SNL). Land tenure on SNL is complex: citizens hold use rights without formal ownership, limiting documentation of tenure arrangements. SNL covers the majority of national territory; formal mapping of tenure changes in traditional territories not undertaken.
EN
22.b Number of countries taking action towards the full, equitable, inclusive, effective and gender responsive representation and participation in decision-making, and access to justice and information related to biodiversity by indigenous peoples and local communities, respecting their cultures and their rights over lands, territories, resources and traditional knowledge, as well as by women and girls, children and youth, and persons with disabilities, and the full protection of environmental human rights defenders KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-22Binary
22.1 Does your country have policy, legislative and administrative frameworks at the national and subnational levels that:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over traditional knowledge
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Yes
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Fully
22.3 Does your country monitor the following:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Rights over traditional knowledge
Yes
Target 22.3 By 2030, ensure that all citizens have access to biodiversity-related information through digital platforms and community outreach initiatives. (National)

Government agencies, including the Eswatini Environment Authority and Eswatini National Trust Commission, have developed online portals and digital platforms to share data on protected areas, species, and conservation programmes. Community outreach initiatives, such as workshops, public forums, and school programmes, have been used to disseminate biodiversity information at the local level. Partnerships with civil society and educational institutions have supported training in data use and awareness campaigns, ensuring that both urban and rural communities can access and understand biodiversity-related information.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Digital platforms managed by the Eswatini Environment Authority and Eswatini National Trust Commission provide data on protected areas, species, and conservation programmes. Community outreach through workshops, school programmes, and public forums has increased awareness at the local level. Radio and television programmes have expanded reach to rural and urban populations, providing educational content on biodiversity and sustainable resource management. These combined efforts have enhanced public understanding, engagement, and participation in biodiversity conservation, though further expansion is needed to ensure full nationwide coverage.

EN

Digital access remains limited in rural areas due to low internet penetration, poor connectivity, and lack of devices. Literacy and technical skills gaps reduce the ability of some communities to use online resources effectively. Outreach efforts via workshops, radio, and television are constrained by limited funding, insufficient coverage, and occasional gaps in locally relevant content.

EN

Eswatini has improved access to biodiversity information through online portals by the Eswatini Environment Authority and National Trust Commission, community workshops and school programmes in regions like Hhohho and Shiselweni, and educational radio and TV broadcasts. These initiatives have increased public awareness, knowledge, and engagement in biodiversity conservation, demonstrating early effectiveness in reaching both urban and rural audiences.

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 4 (Quality Education) by enhancing environmental literacy, SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production) by promoting awareness of sustainable resource use, and SDG 15 (Life on Land) through informed participation in biodiversity conservation. It also advances SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) by improving access to information, transparency, and inclusive decision-making in natural resource governance.

EN
Indicator Data
22.1 Land-use change and land tenure in the traditional territories of indigenous peoples and local communities GBF-INDICATOR-22.1Headline
No data available
No systematic national data available on land-use change and land tenure in traditional territories (Swazi Nation Land - SNL). Land tenure on SNL is complex: citizens hold use rights without formal ownership, limiting documentation of tenure arrangements. SNL covers the majority of national territory; formal mapping of tenure changes in traditional territories not undertaken.
EN
22.b Number of countries taking action towards the full, equitable, inclusive, effective and gender responsive representation and participation in decision-making, and access to justice and information related to biodiversity by indigenous peoples and local communities, respecting their cultures and their rights over lands, territories, resources and traditional knowledge, as well as by women and girls, children and youth, and persons with disabilities, and the full protection of environmental human rights defenders KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-22Binary
22.1 Does your country have policy, legislative and administrative frameworks at the national and subnational levels that:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over traditional knowledge
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Yes
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Fully
22.3 Does your country monitor the following:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Rights over traditional knowledge
Yes
Target 22.4 By 2030, recognize local communities' rights over their natural resources and traditional knowledge, with all agreements ensuring fair benefit-sharing. (National)

Community engagement in biodiversity conservation is expanding through OECMs, community conservation areas, and co-management agreements. Traditional authorities play important roles in natural resource management on Swazi Nation Land. However, meaningful participation of women, youth, persons with disabilities, and marginalized groups in decision-making remains limited. Legal frameworks protecting community rights over natural resources require strengthening. Access to justice and information for communities is constrained by capacity and awareness gaps.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has improved access to biodiversity information through digital platforms, community workshops, school programmes, and radio and TV broadcasts. These efforts have increased public knowledge, awareness, and engagement in conservation, though further expansion is needed for full nationwide coverage.

EN

Limited internet access, low digital literacy, and constrained outreach due to funding and coverage gaps. 

EN

The EEA and ENTC provide online portals with data on species, protected areas, and conservation programmes. Community workshops and school programmes in regions like Hhohho and Shiselweni have engaged citizens in biodiversity awareness. Radio and TV broadcasts deliver educational content on wildlife protection and sustainable resource use, reaching rural and urban audiences. These efforts have increased public knowledge, awareness, and participation in conservation, demonstrating early effectiveness in making information accessible nationwide.

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 4 (Quality Education) by enhancing environmental literacy, SDG 12 (Responsible Consumption and Production) by promoting awareness of sustainable resource use, and SDG 15 (Life on Land) through informed participation in biodiversity conservation. It also advances SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) by improving access to information, transparency, and inclusive decision-making in natural resource governance.

EN
Indicator Data
22.1 Land-use change and land tenure in the traditional territories of indigenous peoples and local communities GBF-INDICATOR-22.1Headline
No data available
No systematic national data available on land-use change and land tenure in traditional territories (Swazi Nation Land - SNL). Land tenure on SNL is complex: citizens hold use rights without formal ownership, limiting documentation of tenure arrangements. SNL covers the majority of national territory; formal mapping of tenure changes in traditional territories not undertaken.
EN
22.b Number of countries taking action towards the full, equitable, inclusive, effective and gender responsive representation and participation in decision-making, and access to justice and information related to biodiversity by indigenous peoples and local communities, respecting their cultures and their rights over lands, territories, resources and traditional knowledge, as well as by women and girls, children and youth, and persons with disabilities, and the full protection of environmental human rights defenders KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-22Binary
22.1 Does your country have policy, legislative and administrative frameworks at the national and subnational levels that:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over traditional knowledge
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Yes
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Fully
22.3 Does your country monitor the following:
Indigenous peoples and local communities
Women and girls
Children and youth
Persons with disabilities
Culture and practices
Rights over lands and territories
Rights over resources
Rights over traditional knowledge
Yes
Target 23.1 By 2030, ensure 50% representation of women in biodiversity decision-making positions at all levels of biodiversity action. (National)

Eswatini has strengthened gender-responsive biodiversity governance through institutional reform, community-level integration, and targeted empowerment initiatives. Women are increasingly represented in national environmental decision-making bodies, including the Eswatini Environment Authority, the Eswatini National Trust Commission, and the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs, alongside improved representation in Parliament and Senate. The National Gender Policy, coordinated through the Deputy Prime Minister’s Office, provides a formal framework for equitable participation in environmental and natural resource governance. Community development plans linked to conservation now contain clear gender equity provisions, including women’s representation in local committees, equitable access to land and ecosystem-based livelihoods, and fair benefit-sharing arrangements. Major restoration initiatives, including the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project, integrate gender considerations across planning and implementation. Complementary programmes supported by UN Women, the United Nations Development Programme, the European Union, and the United Nations Population Fund, together with civil society organisations such as Women Unlimited and Bantwana Initiative Eswatini, strengthen women’s economic participation, leadership, GBV response, and youth empowerment. These actions reflect sustained progress in mainstreaming gender across biodiversity governance and community-based natural resource management, though further efforts are required to achieve full parity and equitable access to productive resources by 2030.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

Eswatini has aligned national biodiversity priorities with Target 23.1 and integrated gender-responsive approaches into the revision and implementation of the NBSAP, consistent with the Convention on Biological Diversity Gender Plan of Action (2023–2030). This alignment reflects clear policy commitment to strengthening women’s participation and leadership in biodiversity governance.

Progress has been most evident at institutional and programmatic levels. Key environmental institutions, including the Eswatini Environment Authority and the Eswatini National Trust Commission, have increased attention to gender mainstreaming in conservation planning, protected area management, and stakeholder engagement processes. Through technical engagement with international partners and the NBSAP Accelerator Partnership, national institutions have strengthened capacity to apply gender-responsive planning tools and integrate equity considerations into biodiversity policies and programmes.

At community level, conservation-linked development plans now incorporate gender equity provisions, including women’s representation in local natural resource committees, access to ecosystem-based livelihoods, and participation in benefit-sharing mechanisms. Restoration initiatives such as the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project demonstrate practical integration of gender considerations within ecosystem management and livelihood support interventions.

Complementary national and partner-supported programmes have reinforced these gains. Initiatives supported by UN Women, the United Nations Development Programme, the European Union and the United Nations Population Fund, alongside civil society actors such as Women Unlimited and Bantwana Initiative Eswatini, have expanded women’s access to entrepreneurship training, renewable energy opportunities, agribusiness support, digital literacy, GBV services, and leadership development. These interventions strengthen the enabling environment for women’s participation in biodiversity governance and sustainable natural resource management.

National trends in gender equality, including gradual increases in women’s representation in Parliament and public institutions, further support progress by widening the leadership base from which environmental institutions draw.

Available data do not yet demonstrate attainment of 50% representation of women across biodiversity decision-making bodies. Progress to date has been foundational, characterised by policy alignment, institutional strengthening, community-level integration, and expanded capacity development. Achieving full parity by 2030 will require systematic monitoring of representation, targeted leadership pathways for women within environmental institutions, and deliberate measures to address structural constraints affecting access to land, finance, and senior decision-making roles.

EN

Eswatini has made steady progress in mainstreaming gender within biodiversity governance; however, several structural and systemic factors continue to influence the pace of achieving balanced representation.

  • One key constraint is the limited availability of consistent, sex-disaggregated baseline data across biodiversity institutions. While women are increasingly present in bodies such as the Eswatini Environment Authority and the Eswatini National Trust Commission, systematic tracking of representation across all decision-making levels remains under development. Strengthening monitoring frameworks within the revised NBSAP provides an opportunity to institutionalize regular data collection and reporting.
  • Institutional arrangements are improving but not yet uniform. Some biodiversity-related entities do not yet have formal gender action plans, measurable parity targets, or structured nomination processes that actively promote balanced representation. Ongoing alignment with the Convention on Biological Diversity Gender Plan of Action (2023–2030), together with capacity support from partners such as UN Women and the United Nations Development Programme, offers a pathway to formalize these mechanisms and embed gender targets within institutional mandates.
  • Socio-cultural dynamics also shape participation patterns. Traditional leadership structures and gender norms continue to influence women’s access to technical fields and senior management positions in the environmental sector. However, expanded leadership, entrepreneurship, and skills development programmes supported by the European Union, the United Nations Population Fund, and civil society organisations such as Women Unlimited and Bantwana Initiative Eswatini are progressively widening the pipeline of qualified women entering environmental and natural resource sectors. Continued investment in mentorship, technical training, and professional networks will further consolidate these gains.
  • Coordination across policy frameworks presents another area for refinement. Biodiversity strategies and national gender frameworks are increasingly aligned, but integration can be strengthened through joint planning platforms, shared indicators, and dedicated budget lines for gender-responsive biodiversity actions. Embedding gender equity provisions within community development plans and ecosystem restoration programmes provides a practical model that can be scaled nationally.
  • Financial constraints remain a consideration, particularly for sustained monitoring and leadership development initiatives. Leveraging international partnerships and integrating gender-responsive budgeting within environmental programmes can support long-term implementation.
EN

Eswatini’s gender-responsive approach to biodiversity governance is increasingly reflected in concrete institutional and community-level outcomes. The Eswatini National Trust Commission (ENTC) conducted targeted training workshops for rangers and conservation staff at Malolotja Nature Reserve and Magadzavane Lodge under a gender and biodiversity initiative. These workshops strengthened staff capacity to integrate gender considerations into park management, outreach, and decision-making processes, leading to more inclusive participation of women in conservation planning and operations.

In 2025, the Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs (MTEA), in collaboration with the ENTC, launched a national process to embed a gender-focused component within the revised National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP). This initiative promotes structured inclusion of women, youth, and marginalised groups in biodiversity leadership, planning processes, and traditional knowledge systems. The integration of gender-responsive actions within the NBSAP demonstrates institutional uptake of equity principles beyond policy statements.

A multi-stakeholder dialogue convened in late 2025 brought together the Women’s Parliamentary Caucus, civil society organisations, and government institutions to strengthen gender equality within the biodiversity sector. The outcomes of this engagement informed the development of a Gender Plan of Action for biodiversity, reinforcing political commitment and legislative oversight on balanced representation.

At community level, consultations conducted in Nkhaba, Lomahasha, Dvokolwako, Mbelebeleni and Shewula under the Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration Project actively engaged women in ecosystem restoration planning and natural resource governance. Women contributed to livelihood design, benefit-sharing discussions, and local resource management structures. These consultations demonstrate how gender equity provisions within community development plans translate into practical inclusion in restoration and biodiversity initiatives.

Eswatini’s participation in the Gender and Biodiversity Project, supported through the NBSAP Accelerator Partnership and partners such as UN Women and the United Nations Development Programme, has further strengthened institutional capacity to apply gender-responsive planning tools. Complementary programmes implemented by civil society organisations, including Women Unlimited and Bantwana Initiative Eswatini, illustrate how entrepreneurship training, leadership development, and GBV response initiatives expand the pipeline of women participating in environmental governance.

EN

Implementation of this target contributes directly to progress on several Sustainable Development Goals. It advances SDG 5 (Gender Equality), particularly Target 5.5, by promoting women’s full and effective participation and equal opportunities for leadership in environmental decision-making. Strengthening women’s representation in biodiversity governance also supports SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions), especially Target 16.7, by fostering inclusive, participatory, and representative institutions. Furthermore, the target reinforces SDG 15 (Life on Land) by improving the quality and inclusiveness of biodiversity planning and management processes. Indirectly, enhanced participation of women in biodiversity governance contributes to SDG 13 (Climate Action) and SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation) through more coherent and equitable natural resource management. 

EN
Indicator Data
23.b Number of countries with legal, administrative or policy frameworks, inter alia, to implement the Gender Plan of Action (2023–2030), to ensure that all women and girls have equal opportunity and capacity to contribute to the three objectives of the Convention, including by ensuring women’s equal rights and access to land and natural resources KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-23Binary
Fully
Partially
Fully
Partially
Target 23.2 By 2030, develop and implement a gender action plan to ensure that women have equal opportunities, capacities, and rights to participate in the implementation of the NBSAP. (National)

Eswatini has initiated several actions to develop and implement a gender action plan aligned with the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP). Through participation in the Gender and Biodiversity Project under the NBSAP Accelerator Partnership, the country has strengthened institutional capacity to integrate gender considerations into biodiversity planning and implementation. Multi-stakeholder consultations involving government agencies, civil society, women’s groups, and local communities have informed the incorporation of gender priorities into the NBSAP revision process.

The MTEA in collaboration with the ENTC, has also launched initiatives to mainstream gender equality within biodiversity governance. Complementary capacity-building workshops and community engagements have supported gender-responsive conservation practices and identified barriers to women’s participation.

EN
On track to achieve target

Eswatini has made initial progress in developing a gender action plan to ensure women’s equal participation in NBSAP implementation. Through the Gender and Biodiversity Project and multi-stakeholder consultations, gender considerations have been integrated into NBSAP revisions, and barriers to women’s participation have been identified. The Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs and the Eswatini National Trust Commission have conducted capacity-building workshops and community engagements to strengthen women’s skills and leadership in biodiversity governance.

EN

Eswatini has made initial progress in developing a gender action plan to ensure women’s equal participation in NBSAP implementation. Through the Gender and Biodiversity Project and multi-stakeholder consultations, gender considerations have been integrated into NBSAP revisions, and barriers to women’s participation have been identified. The Ministry of Tourism and Environmental Affairs and the Eswatini National Trust Commission have conducted capacity-building workshops and community engagements to strengthen women’s skills and leadership in biodiversity governance.

EN

The country has taken practical steps toward developing and implementing a gender action plan aligned with the NBSAP. Through the Accelerating Systemic Change for Gender Equality and Biodiversity Project, multi-stakeholder consultations have strengthened gender integration in biodiversity planning and built institutional capacity. Targeted training for conservation practitioners has promoted gender-responsive approaches in protected area management, while engagement with the Women’s Parliamentary Caucus has supported the development of a sectoral gender plan of action. In addition, community biodiversity consultations have incorporated women’s perspectives into local planning processes.

EN

Implementation of this target supports SDG 5 (Gender Equality) by promoting women’s equal participation and leadership in environmental governance. It also advances SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) through more inclusive and representative decision-making. By strengthening gender-responsive biodiversity planning, it contributes to SDG 15 (Life on Land) and indirectly supports SDG 13 (Climate Action) and SDG 6 (Clean Water and Sanitation) through improved and more equitable natural resource management.

EN
Indicator Data
23.b Number of countries with legal, administrative or policy frameworks, inter alia, to implement the Gender Plan of Action (2023–2030), to ensure that all women and girls have equal opportunity and capacity to contribute to the three objectives of the Convention, including by ensuring women’s equal rights and access to land and natural resources KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-23Binary
Fully
Partially
Fully
Partially
Target 23.3 By 2030, ensure that women and men have equal rights and access to land and natural resources. (National)

Eswatini has taken steps to advance equal rights and access to land and natural resources in line with Target 23.3. The 2005 Constitution guarantees equal access to land and property rights for all citizens, and subsequent legal reforms have strengthened women’s capacity to own and control land independently. The National Gender Policy has been revised to promote gender-responsive approaches within land and natural resource governance frameworks. Government and partners have also undertaken awareness-raising initiatives and integrated gender considerations into sustainable land management and restoration programmes. While implementation within customary systems remains uneven, there is gradual progress toward recognising and operationalising women’s land rights in practice.

EN
Progress towards target but at an insufficient rate

The country has made some progress through a strengthened legal and policy framework. The Constitution guarantees equal land and property rights, and subsequent legal reforms have reinforced women’s statutory rights to own, lease, and control land. The revised National Gender Policy integrates gender considerations into land and natural resource governance, and awareness initiatives have promoted understanding of women’s land rights. Implementation within customary land systems remains uneven, and gaps persist between legal provisions and actual access, particularly in rural areas. 

EN

Challenges are linked to gaps between statutory land rights and customary land allocation practices, particularly on Swazi Nation Land. Social norms and gendered power relations continue to limit women’s ability to exercise land rights independently. Weak enforcement, limited legal awareness, lack of sex-disaggregated land data, and restricted access to credit and agricultural support further constrain effective equality in practice.

EN

Government and partner organizations have raised awareness to the National Gender Policy, emphasizing gender-responsive land and resource management. Civil society, in collaboration with the Advancing Rights in Southern Africa (ARISA) Programme, has produced legal literacy tools to help women and traditional leaders understand and apply constitutional land rights. Additionally, court decisions upholding women’s claims to customary land demonstrate that legal protections are enforceable. These actions show early progress in enhancing women’s rights and access, despite ongoing challenges in customary systems.

EN

Implementation of this target advances SDG 5 (Gender Equality) by securing women’s land and resource rights and supports SDG 1 (No Poverty) and SDG 2 (Zero Hunger) through improved livelihoods. It also reinforces SDG 15 (Life on Land) via sustainable resource management and SDG 16 (Peace, Justice and Strong Institutions) by promoting inclusive and equitable decision-making.

EN
Indicator Data
23.b Number of countries with legal, administrative or policy frameworks, inter alia, to implement the Gender Plan of Action (2023–2030), to ensure that all women and girls have equal opportunity and capacity to contribute to the three objectives of the Convention, including by ensuring women’s equal rights and access to land and natural resources KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-23Binary
Fully
Partially
Fully
Partially
Section IV Assessment of national progress contributing to the goals of the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework
GBF-G-A. Ecosystems are conserved, extinctions are halted and genetic diversity is maintained

Eswatini's four major ecosystems (montane grasslands, savanna-woodland mosaic, riverine forests, and aquatic systems) have experienced approximately 25% decline over past decades. Current protected area coverage stands at 7.74% of national territory (4.26% in gazetted reserves, rising to 7.74% with OECMs and private conservation areas included), against a national target of 10% and the GBF aspiration of 30% by 2030. The OECM Framework has moved from a planning instrument to an operational mechanism, with 11 recognised sites contributing meaningful coverage gains. A landmark achievement during this reporting period is the surpassing of the national ecosystem restoration target: documented restoration efforts now total 122,094.6 hectares, representing approximately 106% of the 115,000 ha Land Degradation Neutrality commitment, confirming Target 2 as Achieved. Climate projections indicate increasing temperatures and reduced precipitation, potentially exacerbating ecosystem stress, particularly for montane grasslands and aquatic systems. National targets contributing to Goal A: Targets 1 (EIA/planning), 2 (restoration, Achieved), 3 (protected areas/OECMs), 4 (genetic diversity), 5 (IAS management), 6 (pollution reduction), 7 (climate mainstreaming), 8 (urban biodiversity).

EN
Indicator Data
A.1 Red List of Ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.1Headline
No data available
No formal IUCN Red List of Ecosystems (RLE) assessment has been conducted for Eswatini's ecosystems. As a related proxy, the national Red List Index (species-level) stands at 0.81 as of 2024 (SDG indicator 15.5.1), indicating that approximately 19% of potential extinction risk has been realised across assessed species groups. Eswatini's four major ecosystem types - montane grasslands, savanna-woodland mosaic, riverine forests, and aquatic systems - have experienced an estimated ~25% decline over past decades, and annual deforestation stands at 0.92% (National Forest Reference Level, 2024). A formal RLE assessment is not yet available.
EN
A.2 Extent of natural ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-A.2Headline
Use national data set
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 2026 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2025 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2024 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2023 Data not available -9999Data not available. Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation covers 2000–2022; no validated data for this year.
No 2022 ha 1052616Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2021 ha 1052842Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
No 2020 ha 1053518Source: Eswatini Zero FRL Calculation 2024
A.3 Red List Index GBF-INDICATOR-A.3Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
No 1993 index 0.81443639256701
No 1994 index 0.814414549546706
No 1995 index 0.81439531875
No 1996 index 0.814370184975073
No 1997 index 0.814349630115953
No 1998 index 0.81432485
No 1999 index 0.814300570833333
No 2000 index 0.814265004166667
No 2001 index 0.814240647916667
No 2002 index 0.814216627083333
No 2003 index 0.814192089583333
No 2004 index 0.814161404166667
No 2005 index 0.814118320833333
No 2006 index 0.8140752375
No 2007 index 0.81403881875
No 2008 index 0.813991866666667
No 2009 index 0.813939439583333
No 2010 index 0.813891173510373
No 2011 index 0.813848581397208
No 2012 index 0.813818438255204
No 2013 index 0.81379638010746
No 2014 index 0.81377535045113
No 2015 index 0.813762972037037
No 2016 index 0.813749754436432
No 2017 index 0.813737145418148
No 2018 index 0.813721296610445
No 2019 index 0.813711995813715
No 2020 index 0.813698569408786
No 2021 index 0.813685439207866
No 2022 index 0.813672747027178
No 2023 index 0.813661691259831
No 2024 index 0.813648275763061
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

The Red List Index (RLI) measures changes in the overall extinction risk for groups of species over time. The RLI value ranges from 1 to 0, where a value of 1 means that all species in the groups included are categorized as ‘Least Concern’, indicating that none are currently at risk of extinction, while a value of 0 means that all species included are categorized as ‘Extinct’. The RLI is also SDG indicator 15.5.1.

The global RLI can be disaggregated to the national level, where each species contributing to the national index is weighted according to the proportion of its global range that occurs within a country. Nationally disaggregated RLI values are shown on the country pages.

The global Red List Index is based on data from the IUCN Red List, which comprises assessments of extinction risk using the IUCN Red List Categories & Criteria, and is made available through the IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.

Note: The Red List Index covers terrestrial, freshwater, and marine species. For simplicity, territorial waters are not shown on the Most Recent Measurement map.

Disclaimers: The national Red List Index for a country may differ from the relevant national disaggregation of the global Red List index because: (a) the former is based on trends in national rather than global extinction risk, (b) because it takes no account of the national responsibility for the conservation of each species, treating as equal both those species that occur nowhere outside the country (i.e. national endemics) and those with large ranges that occur in many other countries, and (c) the taxonomic groups considered may differ.
A.4 Proportion of populations within species with an effective population size greater than 500 GBF-INDICATOR-A.4Headline
No data available
Population genetics studies, including effective population size assessments, have not been systematically conducted for most species in Eswatini. Systematic assessment requires genetic sampling, molecular marker analysis, and bioinformatics capacity currently unavailable nationally. As a proxy, the national Red List Index stands at 0.81 (2024), indicating approximately 19% of potential extinction risk realised across assessed species groups.
EN
GBF-G-B. Biodiversity is sustainably used and its contributions to people are maintained, enhanced or restored

Unsustainable resource extraction particularly fuelwood harvesting and medicinal plant collection threatens biodiversity. Traditional medicine relies on indigenous species, many under pressure from overexploitation. The National Fisheries Policy (2024) provides a sustainable use framework, though the last comprehensive fish survey dates to 2003. Community-based natural resource management shows promise through OECMs and conservation areas. Payment for Ecosystem Services mechanisms remain underdeveloped. Agricultural intensification occurs partially at biodiversity's expense. National targets contributing to Goal B: Targets 9 (wild species use), 10 (agriculture biodiversity), 11 (ecosystem services valuation), 12 (urban/peri-urban biodiversity), 13 (traditional knowledge).  Assessment: Sustainable use frameworks exist but implementation lags. Community OECM initiatives, particularly through the SNPAS project (8,900+ beneficiaries), demonstrate the co-benefits model.

EN
Indicator Data
B.1 Services provided by ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-B1Headline
No data available
The country has not yet developed the necessary tools to monitor progress on this target due to financial constraints.
EN
B.b Number of countries with policies or actions for implementing and monitoring the sustainable use of biodiversity and the maintenance and enhancement of nature’s contributions to people, including ecosystem functions and services KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-BBinary
Partially
Partially
No
Partially
GBF-G-C. Benefits from the use of genetic resources are shared and substantially increased

Eswatini has nationalised the Nagoya Protocol through the Environment Management Act and developed national ABS Guidelines (2017). Draft ABS regulations are in preparation. A pilot project with the University of Eswatini on commercialisation of indigenous medicinal plants for HIV/AIDS management integrates traditional knowledge with modern research.  National targets contributing to Goal C: Targets 13 (traditional knowledge), 15 (ABS implementation). Assessment: Foundational framework established. Full operationalisation of ABS requires finalisation of regulations, enhanced institutional capacity, community awareness, and DSI provisions. Benefit-sharing mechanisms are nascent but functional at pilot scale.

EN
Indicator Data
C.1 Monetary benefits received in accordance with applicable internationally agreed access and benefit-sharing instruments GBF-INDICATOR-C.1Headline
No data available
No monetary ABS benefits have been received to date. All 2 ABS permits issued during the reporting period were for non-commercial research purposes; no commercial access to genetic resources has been granted. Benefits realised have been exclusively non-monetary: sharing of research findings, joint publications, scientific collaboration, and capacity-building/technology transfer. The Nagoya Protocol has been nationalised through the Environment Management Act, 2002; 2017 ABS Guidelines are operational as an interim framework; dedicated ABS legislation is still being drafted. Competent National Authority: Eswatini Environment Authority (1 designated, published in ABSCH). Checkpoints designated: 1 (published in ABSCH).
EN
C.2 Non-monetary benefits arising from applicable international access and benefit-sharing instruments GBF-INDICATOR-C.2Headline
No data available
During the reporting period, the Kingdom of Eswatini successfully secured diverse non-monetary benefits arising from the utilization of its genetic resources. These benefits include scientific collaboration, technology transfer, and information sharing. They represent a foundational investment in the nation’s socio-economic and environmental landscape. However, as the national ABS framework is currently transitioning from policy development to operational monitoring, these benefits have been recorded qualitatively rather than through quantitative or harmonized fiscal metrics. This is due to two reasons: Firstly, at present, there is no standardized international or national methodology for the financial valuation of non-monetary benefits (e.g., the 'dollar value' of a joint publication or a capacity-building workshop). Consequently, reporting reflects the existence of the benefit rather than its monetary equivalent. Secondly, many scientific collaborations and research results are cumulative. Benefits such as 'Access to Technology' are often realized over multi-year cycles, making annual disaggregation difficult without a specialized real-time tracking system.
EN
13.b Number of countries that have taken effective legal, policy, administrative and capacity-building measures at all levels, as appropriate, to ensure the fair and equitable sharing of benefits from the utilization of genetic resources and from digital sequence information on genetic resources, as well as traditional knowledge associated with genetic resources KMGBF-INDICATOR-BIN-C-13Binary
Under development
Under development
Partially
Yes
Under development
Partially
Under development
GBF-G-D. The biodiversity funding gap of 700 billion USD is progressively closed by ensuring adequate means of implementation are available.

Eswatini requires approximately E185 million (USD ~10 million) annually for effective implementation of strategic actions for GBF-aligned national targets, , scaling to E551 million (USD 29.8 million) for the 2025–2030 period. Current mobilisation from domestic budget allocations, GEF resources, and bilateral donors falls substantially short. The Eswatini Environment Fund provides a domestic financing mechanism but remains undercapitalised. Capacity constraints affect all implementation dimensions: limited personnel in key agencies, fragmented data systems, insufficient technical expertise, and weak interministerial coordination.  National targets contributing to Goal D: Targets 19 (finance), 20 (capacity building), 21 (information/knowledge), 22 (participation/equity), 23 (gender equality). Assessment: Most significant constraint on progress across all other goals. International Financial Mechanism, and bilateral partnerships is essential for Eswatini to achieve its 2030 targets.

EN
Indicator Data
D.1 International public funding, including official development assistance for conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-D.1Headline
Use the available data (pre-populated data)
Download
Has disaggregationDisaggregationYearUnitValueFootnote
YesRecipient 2015 USD (millions) 0.00103
YesRecipient 2016 USD (millions) 3.06251
YesRecipient 2017 USD (millions) 2.65388
YesRecipient 2018 USD (millions) 0.1246
YesRecipient 2019 USD (millions) 3.8118
YesRecipient 2020 USD (millions) 3.19808
YesRecipient 2021 USD (millions) 2.10114
YesRecipient 2022 USD (millions) 1.44039
This data was prepopulated from Target Tracker.

This indicator measures international public finance provided to developing countries for the conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems. This includes official development assistance (ODA),other official flows (OOF) and private sector instruments (PSI) from the DAC Creditor Reporting System (CRS) from bilateral DAC donors, non-DAC donors, as well as contributions from multilateral institutions, and complemented with flows reported under the Total Official Support for Sustainable Development (TOSSD) framework.

The data displayed here is the annual official development assistance for biodiversity provided by OECD Development Assistance Committee (DAC) donors, through the Creditor Reporting System (CRS). Total ODA transferred for use in biodiversity and conservation efforts are displayed by recipient and by donor in constant US dollars.

There is also GEF funding to Eswatini 2019–2025: Multiple active projects (GEF-8 FSIP, GEF-7 GBF-EAS).  

EN
D.2 Domestic public funding on conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-D.2Headline
No data available
No comprehensive annual government biodiversity expenditure tracking system is in place. The Biodiversity Expenditure Review, initiated under the GEF-7 Global Biodiversity Framework Early Action Support Project using BIOFIN methodology, is ongoing and not yet complete. Contextual data: the Eswatini Environment Fund (EEF) - the primary domestic financing mechanism - has mobilized over E10 million (~USD 540,000) in total and disbursed over E8 million to 71 community conservation projects to date; in the 2025 cycle alone E2 million was disbursed to 56 projects. The estimated annual funding requirement for the implementation of strategic actions for the GBF targets is E185 million (USD ~10 million).
EN
D.3 Private funding (domestic and international) on conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity and ecosystems GBF-INDICATOR-D.3Headline
No data available
No systematic private sector biodiversity expenditure reporting mechanism exists; the Eswatini Green Finance Taxonomy (finalized 2025) is intended to catalyse and track future private investment. Contextual data: CONCO Eswatini invested USD 50,000 (E870,000) in the Lusushwana River catchment restoration (2025). Total international project co-financing (GEF and bilateral donors) approximately USD 98.4 million over 2016–2025.
EN

In the ongoing Mbuluzi Ecosystems Restoration project, most of the cofinancing is from public sector.

EN
Section V Conclusions on the national implementation of the Convention on Biological Diversity and the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework

Overall Assessment

Eswatini's implementation of the Convention on Biological Diversity and the Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework over the 2019–2025 period reflects a nation actively engaged in biodiversity governance despite the substantial constraints of a small, landlocked developing country. The seventh national reporting cycle documents a transition from the 2011–2020 Strategic Plan and Aichi Targets toward the more ambitious and transformative Kunming-Montreal GBF, a transition that has required significant institutional adaptation, strategic planning, and stakeholder engagement.

Main Achievements

The most significant achievements during the reporting period are policy and institutional in nature. Eswatini has enacted the Environment Assessment Regulations (2022), which have substantially improved the integration of biodiversity considerations into development planning. The Eswatini Environment Authority processed 691 EIA applications in 2024 a 75% increase in enforcement actions compared to 2022 demonstrating growing institutional effectiveness. The development and adoption of the OECM Framework represents a transformative innovation that has already expanded Eswatini's effective conservation coverage from 4.26% in gazetted reserves to 7.74% when OECMs and private conservation areas are included. Equally significant, Eswatini has achieved its national ecosystem restoration target ahead of schedule, with documented restoration efforts totalling 122,094.6 hectares approximately 106% of the 115,000 ha Land Degradation Neutrality target making ecosystem restoration one of the country's standout biodiversity achievements during this reporting period. The NBSAP 3.0 revision process, initiated under the GEF-UNEP EAS initiative, has produced a validated Spatial Prioritisation Framework and Spatialised Action Plan covering the 2025–2030 period. This provides, for the first time, a spatially explicit guide to where conservation and restoration investments will achieve the greatest biodiversity gains. The Framework identifies 207,361 ha (11.94%) for protected area expansion and 93,774 ha for priority restoration across Eswatini's three major landscapes.

Progress on the Nagoya Protocol, with ABS guidelines developed and pilot projects demonstrating operationalisation, and alignment of Eswatini's NDC 3.0 with NBSAP priorities, reflect growing mainstreaming of biodiversity across climate and development policy frameworks.

Major Challenges and Obstacles

The most severe and persistent challenge is financial. Eswatini requires approximately E185 million (USD 10 million) per year to implement NBSAP 3.0 effectively. Current resource mobilisation from domestic budget allocations, GEF resources, and bilateral donors falls far short of this requirement. The Eswatini Environment Fund, while established as a domestic financing mechanism, remains undercapitalised. The gap between required and available resources is the primary bottleneck constraining progress across virtually all targets.

Invasive alien species represent the most acute ecological challenge, affecting approximately 80% of the national land area. Despite the adoption of the National Strategy for Control and Management of Invasive Alien Plant Species (2020–2030), implementation at landscape scale requires funding and coordination that have not yet been secured. Current protected area coverage of 7.74% (inclusive of OECMs and private conservation areas, up from a gazetted baseline of 4.26%) provides insufficient protection for Eswatini's biodiversity, and the path to achieving the 10% national target let alone the GBF's 30% aspiration depends on operationalising the OECM Framework at scale and securing long-term financing for protected area management. While ecosystem restoration has exceeded its national target, sustaining these gains requires resolving persistent gaps in monitoring, land tenure security on Swazi Nation Land, and inter-agency coordination.

Institutional capacity constraints affect implementation across all targets. Monitoring agencies are understaffed relative to the national territory they manage. Biodiversity data systems are fragmented across institutions, with no integrated national biodiversity database. The absence of systematic, long-term monitoring data for many taxonomic groups and ecosystem types makes evidence-based management and adaptive responses difficult. Interministerial coordination, while improving through the National Biodiversity Coordination Committee, requires further strengthening to mainstream biodiversity effectively into agriculture, infrastructure, urban planning, and finance.

Land tenure complexity on Swazi Nation Land (approximately 56% of national territory under traditional communal tenure) presents both opportunities and constraints. While community-based conservation through the chieftaincy structure has proven effective in pilot projects, systematic integration of conservation obligations into land allocation decisions remains underdeveloped. Urban biodiversity is largely absent from planning processes despite rapid urbanisation, representing a significant gap relative to GBF targets on ecological connectivity and urban green spaces.

Climate change is an accelerating cross-cutting threat. Eswatini's climate projections indicate temperature increases of 1.5–2°C by 2050 and altered precipitation patterns, which will exacerbate invasive species spread, increase wildfire frequency, and place additional stress on water-dependent ecosystems. The integration of climate adaptation and biodiversity conservation, while advancing under the NAP process, requires deeper mainstreaming to be effective.

Support Needs

To accelerate progress towards Eswatini's 2030 biodiversity targets and the four GBF goals, the following support is needed: substantial and predictable biodiversity finance; technical assistance for establishment of a national biodiversity monitoring and reporting system aligned to GBF headline indicators; capacity building for ABS implementation and traditional knowledge documentation; support for invasive alien species management at landscape scale; technology transfer for spatial data management, remote sensing, and ecosystem condition assessment; and assistance with mainstreaming biodiversity considerations into national accounting, budget planning, and sectoral policies.

Conclusions

Eswatini's Seventh National Report demonstrates a country that has made measurable progress in biodiversity governance but faces a clear and widening implementation gap driven primarily by financial and capacity constraints. The adoption of the OECM Framework, the Spatial Prioritisation Framework, enhanced EIA enforcement, and growing community conservation represent genuine advances that provide the foundation for accelerated action. However, achieving the 2030 targets of NBSAP 3.0 and contributing meaningfully to the GBF goals will require transformative increases in investment, deepened intersectoral integration, and sustained international support. The Kingdom of Eswatini remains committed to its obligations under the Convention on Biological Diversity and to the vision of a world living in harmony with nature by 2050.

EN
Section other information: Information as requested in related decisions adopted by the Conference of the Parties at its fifteenth meeting.